WO2014007402A1 - 眼細胞の分化マーカーおよび分化制御 - Google Patents
眼細胞の分化マーカーおよび分化制御 Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2014007402A1 WO2014007402A1 PCT/JP2013/068802 JP2013068802W WO2014007402A1 WO 2014007402 A1 WO2014007402 A1 WO 2014007402A1 JP 2013068802 W JP2013068802 W JP 2013068802W WO 2014007402 A1 WO2014007402 A1 WO 2014007402A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- cell
- cells
- corneal endothelial
- differentiation
- present
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/1703—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
- A61K38/1709—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K35/00—Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
- A61K35/12—Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells
- A61K35/30—Nerves; Brain; Eyes; Corneal cells; Cerebrospinal fluid; Neuronal stem cells; Neuronal precursor cells; Glial cells; Oligodendrocytes; Schwann cells; Astroglia; Astrocytes; Choroid plexus; Spinal cord tissue
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K48/00—Medicinal preparations containing genetic material which is inserted into cells of the living body to treat genetic diseases; Gene therapy
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- C07K14/705—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N5/00—Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
- C12N5/06—Animal cells or tissues; Human cells or tissues
- C12N5/0602—Vertebrate cells
- C12N5/0618—Cells of the nervous system
- C12N5/0621—Eye cells, e.g. cornea, iris pigmented cells
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
- C12Q1/6881—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for tissue or cell typing, e.g. human leukocyte antigen [HLA] probes
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/569—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for microorganisms, e.g. protozoa, bacteria, viruses
- G01N33/56966—Animal cells
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2501/00—Active agents used in cell culture processes, e.g. differentation
- C12N2501/40—Regulators of development
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2501/00—Active agents used in cell culture processes, e.g. differentation
- C12N2501/40—Regulators of development
- C12N2501/415—Wnt; Frizzeled
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
- C12Q2600/158—Expression markers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2333/00—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
- G01N2333/435—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans
- G01N2333/705—Assays involving receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
- G01N2333/72—Assays involving receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants for hormones
- G01N2333/726—G protein coupled receptor, e.g. TSHR-thyrotropin-receptor, LH/hCG receptor, FSH
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2800/00—Detection or diagnosis of diseases
- G01N2800/16—Ophthalmology
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a marker for differentiation state of a cell, particularly an ophthalmic region, and a technique, method, and agent for suppressing differentiation and / or stimulating proliferation of an eye cell (particularly corneal endothelial cell which is difficult to control differentiation) And media.
- Visual information is transmitted from the cornea, the transparent tissue in the foreground of the eyeball, to reach the retina and excite the neurons of the retina, and the generated electrical signals are transmitted to the visual cortex via the optic nerve.
- the cornea needs to be transparent. The transparency of the cornea is maintained by keeping the water content constant by the pump function and the barrier function of corneal endothelial cells.
- the cornea is located in front of the eyeball and is a transparent tissue mainly having a three-layer structure of a corneal epithelial cell layer, a corneal stroma layer, and a corneal endothelial cell layer.
- the corneal endothelial cell layer is a single cell layer present in the deep corneal layer, has a barrier function and a pump function, and plays a role of maintaining the transparency of the cornea by keeping the water content of the cornea constant.
- Human corneal endothelial cells exist at a density of about 3000 cells per square millimeter at birth, but do not have the ability to regenerate once damaged.
- bullous keratopathy caused by corneal endothelial degeneration or corneal endothelial dysfunction due to various causes, the cornea becomes edema and turbidity, resulting in a significant loss of visual acuity.
- full-thickness keratoplasty is performed in which all three layers of the corneal epithelium, parenchyma and endothelium are transplanted.
- the cornea donation in Japan is insufficient, and the number of corneal transplants performed using domestic donor corneas is about 1700 per year for about 2600 waiting patients for corneal transplants.
- corneal transplants deep surface corneal transplantation, which is a transplantation of parenchymal tissue, and Descemet's Stripping Automated Keratoplasty, which is a transplantation of corneal endothelial tissue, are performed.
- cultured mucosal epithelial transplantation which transplants corneal epithelium or oral mucosa cultured in vitro instead of corneal epithelium, has already been clinically applied, and a method for transplanting corneal endothelium cultured in vitro has also been studied. Yes.
- Non-Patent Documents 1 to 4 Non-Patent Documents 1 to 4.
- Non-Patent Document 5 describes that stem cell-like cells are present in corneal limbal epithelial cells, and that GPR49 / LGR5 can be a phenotypic marker of remaining human corneal limbal epithelial stem cells.
- Non-patent document 6 mentions GPR49 / LGR5 as a stem cell marker. It has been described that GPR49 / LGR5 and ABCG2 are highly expressed in two cell populations of mouse corneal epithelial cells.
- Non-Patent Document 7 describes GPR49 / LGR5 as a stem cell marker.
- Non-Patent Document 8 discloses that intestinal epithelial stem cell culture has been established.
- Non-Patent Document 9 discloses a method for stably and long-term culturing the intestines and the large intestine. It is described that the growth of the culture was remarkably promoted by a fusion protein (RSpo1-Fc) of R-spondin 1 and immunoglobulin Fc.
- RSpo1-Fc fusion protein of R-spondin 1 and immunoglobulin Fc.
- Non-Patent Document 10 Non-Patent Document 10
- telomerase which is highly expressed in stem cells and progenitor cells
- endothelial cells around the cornea responded faster when damaged (Non-patent Document 11).
- Yokoo et al. Succeeded in collecting progenitor cells of corneal endothelial cells from adult human cornea using the sphere method, which is a method of collecting mesenchymal stem cells (Non-patent Document 12).
- G protein-coupled receptor 49 (also referred to as “GPR49 / LGR5” in this specification) is a thyroid-stimulating hormone, follicle-stimulating hormone, follicle-stimulating hormone, It is a kind of 7-transmembrane receptor similar to luteinizing hormone (LH), and has a unique structure accompanied by an extracellular N-terminal domain containing a leucine-rich repeat (FIG. 1, Non-Patent Document 15).
- GPR49 / LGR5 is a target gene of Wnt signal and hedgehog signal related to carcinogenesis.
- GPR49 / LGR5 is increased due to abnormal Gnal (Non-patent document 16, Non-patent document 17 and Non-patent document 18). Furthermore, GPR49 / LGR5 is specifically expressed in intestinal epithelial stem cells. (Non-patent Document 8), it has been noted as a novel stem cell-specific protein. After that, it was confirmed that increased expression was observed specifically in stem cells even in tissues such as hair follicles (Non-patent Document 19) and gastric epithelium (Non-patent Document 20), and involved in the construction of stem cell niche and tissue formation. The possibility of being reported.
- the present invention provides a technique for using GPR49 / LGR5 as a marker for proliferation / differentiation.
- the present inventors found that GPR49 / LGR5 was strongly expressed in corneal endothelial cells (particularly in the peripheral part) in human corneal tissue, and the expression level of GPR49 / LGR5 was significant in cultured cells of human corneal endothelial cells. It was also found that the GPR49 / LGR5-positive cell group had a small cell size and high proliferation ability. Based on these, it applied to the technique which uses GPR49 / LGR5 as a marker of proliferation and differentiation.
- the present invention also provides the use of R-spondins as differentiation inhibitors and growth promoters.
- R-spondins tend to suppress the differentiation of human cultured corneal endothelial cells and promote proliferation.
- R-spondins are used as a corneal preservation solution, a corneal endothelial cell culture solution, a therapeutic agent for corneal endothelial cell injury (eye drops, cell injection), and a technique for preventing progression of corneal endothelial cell injury. Applied.
- GPR49 / LGR5 exists as a protein that is specifically expressed in progenitor cells of corneal endothelial cells, have verified the functional role in vivo and in vitro, and have applied it as a marker.
- the present invention provides an agent for inhibiting cell differentiation and / or proliferation, comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of R-spondins and functional equivalents thereof.
- the present invention comprises ocular cells, cells derived from neural crest cells (including corneal endothelial cells), comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of R-spondins and functional equivalents thereof.
- the present invention provides an agent for suppressing differentiation and / or promoting proliferation of cells selected from neuronal cells, conjunctival epithelial cells, amniotic epithelial cells, oral mucosal epithelial cells, nasal mucosal epithelial cells, corneal epithelial cells and the like.
- the present invention provides an agent for suppressing ocular cell differentiation and / or proliferation, comprising at least one member selected from the group consisting of R-spondins and functional equivalents thereof.
- the R-spondins in the present invention include at least one selected from R-spondin 1, R-spondin 2, R-spondin 3, and R-spondin 4.
- the R-spondins include R-spondin 1.
- the eye cell is a cell that is not proliferating in a steady state.
- the eye cell comprises at least one cell selected from retinal cells, vitreous cells, corneal epithelial cells, corneal parenchymal cells, and corneal endothelial cells.
- the eye cells comprise corneal endothelial cells.
- the eye cells comprise primate corneal endothelial cells.
- the eye cells comprise human corneal endothelial cells.
- the eye cells are in a confluent state.
- the present invention suppresses differentiation of cells, including at least one selected from the group consisting of SHH, an SHH agonist (for example, Frizzled family agonist such as purmorphamine) and functional equivalents thereof. And / or providing growth promoters.
- the present invention relates to an ocular cell, a neural crest cell-derived cell (including a corneal endothelial cell) comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of SHH, purmorphamine and functional equivalents thereof.
- An agent for suppressing differentiation and / or promoting proliferation of cells selected from epithelial cells such as neuronal cells, conjunctival epithelial cells, amniotic epithelial cells, oral mucosal epithelial cells, nasal mucosal epithelial cells, and corneal epithelial cells.
- the present invention relates to an ocular cell comprising at least one selected from the group consisting of SHH, an agonist of SHH (eg, Frizzled family agonist such as purmorphamine) and functional equivalents thereof.
- SHH eg, Frizzled family agonist such as purmorphamine
- An agent for suppressing differentiation and / or promoting proliferation is provided.
- the eye cell is a cell that is not proliferating in a steady state.
- the eye cell comprises at least one cell selected from retinal cells, vitreous cells, corneal epithelial cells, corneal parenchymal cells, and corneal endothelial cells.
- the eye cells comprise corneal endothelial cells.
- the eye cells comprise primate corneal endothelial cells.
- the eye cells comprise human corneal endothelial cells.
- the eye cells are in a confluent state.
- the present invention provides an agent for inhibiting cell differentiation and / or proliferation, comprising a factor that suppresses GPR49 / LGR5.
- the present invention relates to a factor that suppresses GPR49 / LGR5, an eye cell, a nerve cell containing a neural crest cell-derived cell (including a corneal endothelial cell), a conjunctival epithelial cell, an amniotic epithelial cell, an oral mucosa.
- an agent for inhibiting differentiation and / or promoting proliferation of cells selected from epithelial cells such as epithelial cells, nasal mucosal epithelial cells, and corneal epithelial cells.
- the present invention provides an agent for suppressing differentiation and / or promoting proliferation of an eye cell comprising a factor that suppresses GPR49 / LGR5.
- the factor that suppresses GPR49 / LGR5 is a nucleic acid, an antibody or an antibody fragment, or a functional equivalent thereof.
- the eye cell is a cell that is not proliferating in a steady state.
- the eye cell comprises at least one cell selected from retinal cells, vitreous cells, corneal epithelial cells, corneal parenchymal cells, and corneal endothelial cells.
- the eye cells comprise corneal endothelial cells.
- the eye cells comprise primate corneal endothelial cells.
- the eye cells comprise human corneal endothelial cells.
- the eye cells are in a confluent state.
- the eye cells are provided in the form of corneal tissue.
- the present invention provides a composition for corneal preservation or corneal endothelial cell culture, comprising the differentiation inhibitor and / or proliferation promoter of the present invention.
- the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition for treating corneal endothelial cell disorder or preventing progression of corneal endothelial cell disorder, comprising the differentiation inhibitor and / or proliferation promoter according to the present invention.
- the present invention provides a corneal endothelial cell disorder therapeutic or progression preventive agent comprising corneal endothelial cells cultured using the differentiation inhibiting and / or proliferation promoting agent according to the present invention.
- the cells are present as a population having a higher cell density than normal corneal endothelial cells and / or containing more undifferentiated cells.
- the present invention provides a marker for distinguishing cells having high proliferation ability and / or differentiation ability among corneal endothelial cells, including GPR49 / LGR5.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability is an undifferentiated cell.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability is a stem cell.
- the corneal endothelial cell is a human cell.
- the proliferation ability of the corneal endothelial cell is identified by a feature selected from the group consisting of colony forming ability, Ki-67 positive and BrdU positive.
- the present invention provides a corneal endothelial culture, wherein the corneal endothelium is present at a higher density than the confluent cell density.
- the corneal endothelium culture in this case usually refers to a substance that exists in a state different from that existing in the living body.
- the cell density is about 570 cells / mm 2 or more.
- the cell density is about 700 cells / mm 2 or more.
- the cell density is about 800 cells / mm 2 or more.
- the cell density is about 1000 cells / mm 2 or more.
- the present invention relates to a corneal tissue containing corneal endothelial cells, wherein Ki67 positive cells in the tissue are present in a higher ratio than in vivo, and / or the corneal endothelial cells.
- Ki67 positive cells in the tissue are present in a higher ratio than in vivo, and / or the corneal endothelial cells.
- the Ki67 positive cells are present at a rate of about 4% or more.
- the Ki67 positive cells are present at a rate of about 7% or more.
- the Ki67 positive cells are present at a rate of about 10% or more.
- the density of the corneal endothelial cells is about 4000 cells / mm 2 or more.
- the corneal endothelial cell density is about 4500 cells / mm 2 or more.
- the corneal endothelial cell density is about 5000 cells / mm 2 or more.
- the present invention provides a method for using GPR49 / LGR5 as an index for identifying cells having high proliferation ability among corneal endothelial cells and / or differentiation ability.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability is an undifferentiated cell.
- the cell having high proliferation ability is a stem cell.
- the corneal endothelial cell is a human cell.
- the proliferation ability of the corneal endothelial cell is identified by a feature selected from the group consisting of colony forming ability, Ki-67 positive and BrdU positive.
- the present invention provides a detection agent for identifying cells having high proliferation ability and / or differentiation ability among corneal endothelial cells, which contains a substance that binds to GPR49 / LGR5.
- the detection agent is an antibody or a fragment or functional equivalent thereof, or a nucleic acid primer or probe.
- the detection agent is labeled.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability is a stem cell.
- the corneal endothelial cell is a human cell.
- the proliferation ability of the corneal endothelial cell is identified by a feature selected from the group consisting of colony forming ability, Ki-67 positive and BrdU positive.
- the present invention provides a marker for distinguishing cells having high proliferation ability and / or differentiation ability among corneal endothelial cells, including SHH.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability is an undifferentiated cell.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability is a stem cell.
- the corneal endothelial cell is a human cell.
- the proliferation ability of the corneal endothelial cell is identified by a feature selected from the group consisting of colony forming ability, Ki-67 positive and BrdU positive.
- the present invention provides a method for using SHH as an index for identifying cells having high proliferation ability among corneal endothelial cells and / or differentiation ability.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability is an undifferentiated cell.
- the cell having high proliferation ability is a stem cell.
- the corneal endothelial cell is a human cell.
- the proliferation ability of the corneal endothelial cell is identified by a feature selected from the group consisting of colony forming ability, Ki-67 positive and BrdU positive.
- the present invention provides a detection agent for identifying cells having high proliferation ability and / or differentiation ability among corneal endothelial cells, which contains a substance that binds to SHH.
- the detection agent is an antibody or a fragment or functional equivalent thereof, or a nucleic acid primer or probe.
- the detection agent is labeled.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability is a stem cell.
- the corneal endothelial cell is a human cell.
- the proliferation ability of the corneal endothelial cell is identified by a feature selected from the group consisting of colony forming ability, Ki-67 positive and BrdU positive.
- the present invention provides a marker for identifying a cell having high proliferative ability and / or differentiation ability among corneal endothelial cells, including a hedgehog pathway factor.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability is an undifferentiated cell.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability is a stem cell.
- the corneal endothelial cell is a human cell.
- the proliferation ability of the corneal endothelial cell is identified by at least one characteristic selected from the group consisting of colony forming ability, Ki-67 positive and BrdU positive.
- the hedgehog pathway factor is selected from the group consisting of SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2.
- the present invention provides a method for using a factor of the hedgehog pathway as an index for identifying a cell having high proliferation ability among corneal endothelial cells and / or a differentiation ability.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability is an undifferentiated cell.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability is a stem cell.
- the corneal endothelial cell is a human cell.
- the proliferation ability of the corneal endothelial cell is identified by at least one characteristic selected from the group consisting of colony forming ability, Ki-67 positive and BrdU positive.
- the hedgehog pathway factor is selected from the group consisting of SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2.
- the present invention provides a detection agent for identifying cells having high proliferative ability and / or differentiation ability among corneal endothelial cells, which contains a substance that binds to a factor of the hedgehog pathway.
- the detection agent is an antibody or a fragment or functional equivalent thereof, or a nucleic acid primer or probe.
- the detection agent is labeled.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability is a stem cell.
- the corneal endothelial cell is a human cell.
- the proliferation ability of the corneal endothelial cell is identified by at least one characteristic selected from the group consisting of colony forming ability, Ki-67 positive and BrdU positive.
- the hedgehog pathway factor is selected from the group consisting of SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2.
- the present invention provides a marker for identifying a highly proliferative cell and / or differentiation ability among corneal endothelial cells, including a Wnt pathway factor.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability is an undifferentiated cell.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability is a stem cell.
- the corneal endothelial cell is a human cell.
- the proliferation ability of the corneal endothelial cell is identified by at least one characteristic selected from the group consisting of colony forming ability, Ki-67 positive and BrdU positive.
- the Wnt pathway factor is selected from the group consisting of LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin.
- the present invention provides a method for using a factor of the Wnt pathway as an index for identifying a highly proliferative cell / or differentiation ability among corneal endothelial cells.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability is an undifferentiated cell.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability is a stem cell.
- the corneal endothelial cell is a human cell.
- the proliferation ability of the corneal endothelial cell is identified by a feature selected from the group consisting of colony forming ability, Ki-67 positive and BrdU positive.
- the Wnt pathway factor is selected from the group consisting of LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin.
- the present invention provides a detection agent for identifying a cell having high proliferation ability and / or differentiation ability among corneal endothelial cells, which contains a substance that binds to a factor of the Wnt pathway.
- the detection agent is an antibody or a fragment or functional equivalent thereof, or a nucleic acid primer or probe.
- the detection agent is labeled.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability is a stem cell.
- the corneal endothelial cell is a human cell.
- the proliferation ability of the corneal endothelial cell is identified by a feature selected from the group consisting of colony forming ability, Ki-67 positive and BrdU positive.
- the Wnt pathway factor is selected from the group consisting of LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin.
- the present invention provides a diagnostic agent, a detection kit, a diagnostic kit, a detection system, a diagnostic system, and the like using the detection agent and marker of the present invention.
- the differentiation ability of cells existing in corneal endothelial cells can be identified, and cells having high proliferation ability can be identified.
- undifferentiated cells existing in a small amount in corneal endothelium can be effectively treated.
- the corneal endothelium can be proliferated, and corneal endothelium diseases and disorders that have been impossible or difficult in the past can be treated or prevented.
- FIG. 1 shows the structure of GRP49 / LGR5 (see Barker N. et al., Gastroenterology, 2010 May; 138 (5): 1681-96).
- FIG. 2 shows GPR49 / LGR5 expression in the human cornea. a. From the left, immunostaining of human corneal sections of GPR49 / LGR5, nestin and ABCG2 is shown. The scale bar indicates the portion corresponding to epithelium (Epi), parenchyma (Str), and endothelium (End) from the top in each photograph of 100 ⁇ m. b. From the left, real-time PCR of GPR49 / LGR5, nestin and ABCG2 is shown.
- FIG. 2 shows GPR49 / LGR5 expression in the human cornea.
- c It is a whole mount of immunostaining of GPR49 / LGR5.
- Center indicates the center and Periphery indicates the peripheral portion.
- d It is an enlarged view of the central region versus the peripheral region of the human cornea. Center indicates the center and Periphery indicates the peripheral portion.
- FIG. 2 shows real-time PCR of GPR49 / LGR5 in the center (Center) and periphery (Periphery) of the human cornea.
- the vertical axis shows the relative level of mRNA with corneal endothelium as 1.
- N 3. Error bars are S.D. E. Indicates. * P ⁇ 0.05 with Student's t-test.
- FIG. 3 shows the expression of GPR49 / LGR5 in cultured corneal endothelial cells.
- FIG. 5 shows immunostaining of GPR49 / LGR5 and nestin on cultured human corneal endothelial cells (cHCEC). From the left, a phase difference image, a GPR49 PI image and a nestin PI image are shown.
- FIG. 3 shows the expression of GPR49 / LGR5 in cultured corneal endothelial cells.
- P0 primary culture
- P1 passage 1st generation
- FIG. 3 shows the expression of GPR49 / LGR5 in cultured corneal endothelial cells.
- c. Fig. 3 shows immunostaining of GPR49 / LGR5 in cultured monkey corneal endothelial cells (cMCEC). A phase difference image and a GPR49 PI image are shown from the left. From the top, in vivo, primary culture (P0), and passage 1st generation (P1) are shown. The scale bar indicates 100 ⁇ m.
- FIG. 3 shows the expression of GPR49 / LGR5 in cultured corneal endothelial cells.
- d. The expression in CMCEC of GPR49 / LGR5 mRNA is shown. The vertical axis shows the relative level of mRNA with primary culture (P0) as 1.
- FIG. 4 shows the characterization of GPR49 / LGR5 positive cells.
- a The phase difference of GPR49 / LGR5 positive cells (GPR49 + ) after cell sorting is shown on the left, and the phase difference of negative cells (GPR49 ⁇ ) is shown on the right.
- the scale bar indicates 100 ⁇ m.
- FIG. 4 shows the characterization of GPR49 / LGR5 positive cells.
- b The surface area of each cell is shown.
- GPR49 + is the average cell size is 184.6 ⁇ 45.8 ⁇ m 2, GPR49 - the average cell size of which is 326.78 ⁇ 78.8 ⁇ m 2.
- N 35. Error bars are S.D. E. Indicates. * P ⁇ 0.01 with Student's t-test.
- FIG. 4 shows the characterization of GPR49 / LGR5 positive cells. d.
- FIG. 5 shows the hedgehog signaling pathway in cHCEC.
- a The expression of hedgehog signal-related genes (Shh, Smo and Ptch1 from the left in the upper row, and Gli1 and Gli2 from the left in the lower row) is shown. The relative level of mRNA with the center being 1 is shown.
- FIG. 5 shows the hedgehog signaling pathway in cHCEC.
- b From left, control, GPR49 / LGR5 and Ki-67, 100 ng / ml rhShh (second from left), 10 ⁇ M purmorphamine (Pur) (third from left) and 10 ⁇ M cyclopamine (Cyc) (rightmost) Immunostaining in treated HCEC is shown.
- the upper row shows GPR49 staining and the lower row shows Ki67 staining.
- the control is 0.1% DMSO.
- the scale bar indicates 100 ⁇ m.
- FIG. 5 shows the hedgehog signaling pathway in cHCEC. c.
- FIG. 6 shows GPR49 / LGR5 expression (relative mRNA level) in cHCEC treated with rhSHH.
- e Immunostaining of GPR49 / LGR5 in cHCEC treated with rhSHH.
- the scale bar indicates 100 ⁇ m.
- FIG. 5 shows the hedgehog signaling pathway in cHCEC.
- f From left, Ki-67 immunostaining in cHCEC treated with control, 100 ng / ml rhSHH, 2 ⁇ M Pur and 2 ⁇ M Cyc is shown.
- the upper row shows GRP49 staining.
- the lower platform shows Ki67 staining.
- the control is 0.01% DMSO.
- the scale bar indicates 100 ⁇ m.
- FIG. 6 shows the function of GPR49 / LGR5 in corneal endothelial cells. a. The knockdown effect of GPR49 / LGR5shRNA is shown. The relative mRNA level with control (NT) set to 1 is shown.
- FIG. 6 shows the function of GPR49 / LGR5 in corneal endothelial cells.
- b The expression of Ptch1, Gli1 and Gli2 treated with shRNA (589) (from left) is shown.
- NT non-target.
- FIG. 6 shows the function of GPR49 / LGR5 in corneal endothelial cells.
- Figure 3 shows the effect of overexpression of GPR49 / LGR5 on cHCEC.
- FIG. 6 shows the function of GPR49 / LGR5 in corneal endothelial cells.
- d The expression of GPR49 / LGR5 and Ptch1 from the upper left and the expression of Gli1 and Gli2 mRNA from the lower left are shown.
- NT indicates a control
- ExpGPR49 indicates a GPR49 / LGR5 expression product.
- N 3. Error bars are S.D. E. Indicates. * P ⁇ 0.01 with Student's t-test.
- FIG. 6A shows the effect of shLGR5 on human corneal endothelial cells (CEC).
- FIG. 6A shows the image shown in FIG. 6B in parallel with GPR49 / LGR5.
- FIG. 6B shows the function of GPR49 / LGR5 and RSPO1 in corneal endothelial cells (CEC).
- A Phase contrast microscopic image (leftmost), GPR49 / LGR5 (second from the left), Na + / K + ATPase (second from the right) in NT (upper) and shLGR-transfected human CEC (lower) ) And ZO1 (rightmost) immunostaining.
- FIG. 6C shows RSPO expression and function in human corneal endothelial cells (CEC).
- the upper panel shows RSPO1 (top row), RSPO2 (second row from the top), RSPO3 (top row) in human corneal epithelial cells (Epi), parenchymal cells (Stroma) and endothelial cells (Endo).
- 3 shows the PCR results for RSPO4 (fourth row from the top).
- the lower panel shows RSPO1 (top row), RSPO2 (second row from the top), RSPO3 (third row from the top) of the endothelial cells (Endo) in the center and the periphery (Periphery).
- RSPO4 fourth row from the top).
- FIG. 6D shows a schematic diagram of the molecular mechanism of CEC maintenance.
- Human CEC shows regional diversity with respect to GRP49 / LGR5 expression.
- GRP49 / LGR5 is uniquely expressed in the peripheral region of CEC, where HH signaling is clearly activated.
- GRP49 / LGR5 is a target molecule of the HH pathway, and in vitro conditions, the HH pathway was able to induce CEC proliferation. However, in the in vivo situation, stimulation of the HH pathway alone was insufficient to induce CEC proliferation. Permanent GRP49 / LGR5 expression maintained a normal CEC phenotype by inhibition of the Wnt pathway.
- FIG. 7 shows an outline of R-spondins 1 to 4.
- FIG. 8 shows detection of proliferating cells using the Click-iT EdU Imaging kit in Example 9 (magnification x200). Cultured monkey cultured corneal endothelial cells were seeded and replaced with medium containing R-spondin 1 (0, 10, 50 ng / ml from the left) while the cells were almost confluent. Click- 24 hours after adding R-spondin 1, click- EdU was stained with iT EdU, and the percentage of EdU positive cells was counted.
- FIG. 9 shows the EdU positive cell rate in FIG.
- FIG. 10 shows the endothelial cell density of corneal endothelial cells cultured by the method shown in FIG. Photographs were taken with a phase contrast microscope, and the cell density was measured using a corneal endothelial cell density calculation software Konan Storage System KSS-400EB. From the left, no medium is added, 10 ng / ml R-spondin 1, 50 ng / ml R-spondin 1 are shown.
- FIG. 10 shows the endothelial cell density of corneal endothelial cells cultured by the method shown in FIG. Photographs were taken with a phase contrast microscope, and the cell density was measured using a corneal endothelial cell density calculation software Konan Storage System KSS-400EB. From the left, no medium is added, 10 ng / ml R-spondin 1, 50 ng / ml R-spondin 1 are shown.
- FIG. 11 shows the action of R-spondin1 in cultured human corneal endothelial cells.
- the corneal endothelial cells added with RSPO1 50 ng / ml (upper right), 500 ng / ml (lower left)
- the upper left shows a control
- the upper right shows an example cultured with 50 ng / ml R-spondin 1
- the lower left shows an example cultured with 500 ng / ml R-spondin 1
- the lower right shows an example cultured with 1000 ng / ml R-spondin 1. Show.
- FIG. 12 shows the action of R-spondin 2 in human cultured corneal endothelial cells.
- the corneal endothelial cells to which RSPO2 was added had a slightly increased Ki67 positive cell rate compared to the control.
- the left shows an example cultured with 50 ng / ml R-spondin 2
- the right shows an example cultured with 100 ng / ml R-spondin 2
- the upper shows the corneal limbus
- the lower shows the center.
- FIG. 13 shows the action of R-spondin 3 in human cultured corneal endothelial cells.
- the Ki67 positive cell rate slightly increased compared to the control.
- the left shows an example cultured with 50 ng / ml R-spondin 3
- the right shows an example cultured with 200 ng / ml R-spondin 3
- the upper shows the corneal limbus
- the lower shows the center.
- FIG. 14 shows the action of R-spondin 4 in human cultured corneal endothelial cells.
- the Ki67 positive cell rate slightly increased compared to the control.
- FIG. 15 shows that after subculture of human corneal endothelial cells, when confluence was reached and cultured for 2 weeks or more and no obvious change was observed in corneal endothelial density, R-spondin1 was added to the medium at 10 ng / The culture is continued by adding at a concentration of ml, and the cell morphology is observed with a phase contrast microscope, and the cell density is calculated.
- the photograph shows the number of days after addition (from the left, day 0, day 7, day 14 and day 21).
- the lower graph shows changes in the cell density of the addition group R-spondin 1 on the 0th day, the 7th day, the 14th day, and the 21st day in comparison with the non-addition group.
- FIG. 16 shows an organ culture using a rabbit cornea piece in an incubator at 37 ° C. for one week in DMEM (INVITROGEN, catalog number: 12320) + 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS) (BIOEST, catalog number: S1820-500).
- DMEM INVITROGEN, catalog number: 12320
- FBS fetal bovine serum
- Ki67 Sigma-Aldrich Co.
- P6834 shows the results of immunostaining of corneal endothelial cells and observation with a fluorescence microscope. The result of nuclear staining with DAPI and calculation of the Ki67 positive cell rate is shown in the lower left panel. Moreover, the result of having performed immunostaining with ZO-1 and calculating the cell density is shown in the lower right panel.
- GPR49 / LGR5 is a protein that is a seven-transmembrane LGR family member.
- GPR49 / LGR5 is an unusual G protein coupling characterized by a large N-terminal extracellular domain containing leucine rich repeats that have been shown to be important for interaction with glycoprotein ligands in some cases
- the name is based on the leucine rich repeat-containing G protein-coupled receptor 5 which is a type of receptor (GPCR), and the frequency of such names has recently increased, and these are also described in this specification. Also known as FEX HG38, GPR67.
- GPR49 / LGR5 The amino acid sequence of human GPR49 / LGR5 and the gene sequence encoding it are disclosed in NCBI accession numbers NP_003658.1 (SEQ ID NO: 2) and NM_003667.2 (SEQ ID NO: 1), respectively. In this field, it is also called GPR49 or LGR5 as a single name. In this specification, “GPR49 / LGR5” is displayed, but it is understood that the same meaning is shown in any display. GPR49 / LGR5 can be identified by an accession number with OMIM: 606667. As used herein, “GPR49 / LGR5” is not only a protein having an amino acid sequence described in a specific sequence number or accession number (or a nucleic acid encoding it), but also functional. Active derivatives thereof, or functionally active fragments thereof, or homologues thereof, or variants encoded by nucleic acids that hybridize to nucleic acids encoding this protein under high or low stringency conditions Is also understood to
- a given protein or nucleic acid name not only refers to a protein or nucleic acid as shown in the sequence listing, but also a functionally active derivative, or a functionally active fragment thereof, or a homologue thereof, or a high stringency. It also refers to a variant encoded by a nucleic acid that hybridizes to a nucleic acid encoding the protein under conditions of genency or low stringency, preferably under the conditions described above.
- a “derivative” or “analog of a component protein” or “variant” preferably includes, but is not intended to be limited, a region that is substantially homologous to the component protein.
- Such molecules in various embodiments, at least 30% when compared to sequences aligned over amino acid sequences of the same size or aligned by computer homology programs known in the art. , 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or 99% identical or nucleic acid encoding such a molecule is moderately stringent under stringent conditions Can hybridize to sequences encoding component proteins under mild or non-stringent conditionsThis is a product of a naturally occurring protein modified by amino acid substitutions, deletions and additions, respectively, and derivatives thereof that do not necessarily exhibit the same degree of biological function of the naturally occurring protein. means. For example, the biological function of such proteins can be examined by suitable and available in vitro assays described herein or known in the art.
- GPR49 / LGR5 is mainly discussed in humans.
- chimpanzees Pan troglodytes
- ENSPTRG 00000005223 XR_021586.1
- Macaca mulatta ENSMMUG0000002092092
- mice Mus01 musSMG000
- Rattus norvegicus ENSRNOG000004004221 (LOC687868)
- guinea pig Cavia porcellus
- ENSCPOG00000000092 dog
- Canis familiaris ENSCAFG0000000000001
- cat Felis catus000000 (ENSFCAG000000) 8064
- chickens Gallus gallus
- GPR49 / LGR5 has been found to form part of a different protein complex that is involved in the abnormal processing of APP by gamma-secretase in Alzheimer's disease. Since GPR49 / LGR5 has been discovered to be part of the Aph1a complex, Fe65L2 complex, APP-C99 complex and BACE1 complex, GPR49 / LGR5 is also detected by detecting these complexes can do. These complexes are named after each important protein compound used as a TAP technology entry point.
- “functionally active” as used herein refers to the structural function of a protein, such as biological activity, according to the embodiment to which the polypeptide of the invention, ie, fragment or derivative, relates. It refers to a polypeptide, ie a fragment or derivative, having a regulatory function or a biochemical function.
- the GPR49 / LGR5 fragment is a polypeptide containing an arbitrary region of GPR49 / LGR5 and may not have the biological function of natural GPR49 / LGR5.
- the fragment include a fragment containing the extracellular region of GPR49 / LGR5.
- the extracellular region of GPR49 / LGR5 corresponds to the 1-556th, 615-637th, 704-722th, and 792-800th positions in the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2.
- the transmembrane region corresponds to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 at positions 557-579, 592-614, 638-660, 681-703, 723-745, 769-791, and 801-823. To do.
- a representative nucleotide sequence of GPR49 / LGR5 is: (A) a polynucleotide having the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 1 or a fragment sequence thereof; (B) a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 2 or a fragment thereof; (C) a variant polypeptide or fragment thereof in which one or more amino acids have one mutation selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 2, A polynucleotide that encodes a variant polypeptide having functional activity; (D) a polynucleotide which is a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 1 or a fragment thereof; (E) a polynucleotide encoding a species homologue of the polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 2 or a fragment thereof; (
- amino acid sequence of GPR49 / LGR5 As the amino acid sequence of GPR49 / LGR5, (A) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 2 or a fragment thereof; (B) a polypeptide having one mutation in which one or more amino acids are selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 2 and having biological activity; (C) a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 1; (D) a polypeptide that is a species homologue of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 2; or (e) an amino acid sequence that is at least 70% identical to any one polypeptide of (a) to (d) And a polypeptide having biological activity, It can be.
- the biological activity typically means the activity of GPR49 / LGR5.
- a substance that binds to GPR49 / LGR5 or “GPR49 / LGR5 interacting molecule” at least temporarily binds to GPR49 / LGR5 and preferably may indicate that it has bound (eg It is a molecule or substance that is labeled or labelable.
- the substance that binds to GPR49 / LGR5 may be an inhibitor of GPR49 / LGR5, examples of which include antibodies, antisense oligonucleotides, siRNA, low molecular weight molecules (LMW), binding peptides, aptamers, ribozymes and Peptidomimetics and the like, for example binding proteins or binding peptides directed against GPR49 / LGR5, in particular directed against the active site of GPR49 / LGR5, and GPR49 / LGR5 gene Also included are nucleic acids directed against.
- LMW low molecular weight molecules
- Nucleic acid for GPR49 / LGR5 refers to, for example, a double-stranded or single-stranded DNA or RNA, or a modification or derivative thereof, that inhibits GPR49 / LGR5 gene expression or GPR49 / LGR5 activity, and without limitation Includes sense nucleic acids, aptamers, siRNA (small interfering RNA) and ribozymes.
- binding protein or “binding peptide” for GPR49 / LGR5 refers to a type of protein or peptide that binds to GPR49 / LGR5 and is a polyclonal antibody directed against GPR49 / LGR5 or Including but not limited to monoclonal antibodies, antibody fragments and protein backbones.
- R-spondin (class) refers to a gene group having the same structure and function as R-spondin 1 and the like, and is described in Non-Patent Document 4 (J. Yoon, J. Lee, Cellular Signaling 24 (2012). 369-377).
- the structure is known to have domains of SP, CR, TSR, and BR from the N-terminus.
- As a function it is known to be a ligand for GPR49. Therefore, R-spondins can be determined using such structure and function as an index.
- R-spondin 1 (RSPO1 OMIM: 609595; nucleic acid sequence (gene sequence): SEQ ID NO: 3, 35, 37 or 39; amino acid sequence: SEQ ID NO: 4, 36, 38 or 40), R-spondin 2 (RSPO2 OMIM: 610575, SEQ ID NO: 5 and 6), R-spondin 3 (RSPO3 OMIM: 610574, SEQ ID NO: 7 and 8), R-spondin 4 (RSPO4 OMIM: 610573: nucleic acid sequence (gene sequence): SEQ ID NO: 9 Or 41; amino acid sequence: SEQ ID NO: 10 or 42) is known. From the information of Non-Patent Document 4, the R-spondins are collected as shown in FIG.
- a representative nucleotide sequence of R-spondin 1 is (A) a polynucleotide having the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 3, 35, 37 or 39 or a fragment sequence thereof; (B) a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 4, 36, 38 or 40 or a fragment thereof; (C) a variant polypeptide or fragment thereof in which one or more amino acids have one mutation selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, 36, 38 or 40 A polynucleotide encoding a variant polypeptide having biological activity; (D) a polynucleotide which is a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence described in SEQ ID NO: 3, 35, 37 or 39 or a fragment thereof; (E) a polynucleotide encoding a species homologue of a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set
- R-spondin 1 As an amino acid sequence of R-spondin 1, (A) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 4, 36, 38 or 40 or a fragment thereof; (B) in the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4, 36, 38 or 40, one or more amino acids have one mutation selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion, and biological activity Having a polypeptide; (C) a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 3, 35, 37 or 39; (D) a polypeptide that is a species homologue of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 4, 36, 38 or 40; or (e) at least identity to any one polypeptide of (a) to (d) A polypeptide having an amino acid sequence which is 70% and having biological activity; It can be.
- the biological activity typically means the activity of R-spondin 1.
- a representative nucleotide sequence of R-spondin 2 is (A) a polynucleotide having the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 5 or a fragment sequence thereof; (B) a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 6 or a fragment thereof; (C) a variant polypeptide or fragment thereof in which one or more amino acids have one mutation selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 6, A polynucleotide that encodes a variant polypeptide having functional activity; (D) a polynucleotide which is a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 5 or a fragment thereof; (E) a polynucleotide encoding a species homologue of the polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 6 or a fragment thereof; (F)
- R-spondin 2 As an amino acid sequence of R-spondin 2, (A) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 6 or a fragment thereof; (B) a polypeptide having one mutation in which one or more amino acids are selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 6 and having biological activity; (C) a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 5; (D) a polypeptide that is a species homologue of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 6; or (e) an amino acid sequence that is at least 70% identical to any one polypeptide of (a) to (d) And a polypeptide having biological activity, It can be.
- the biological activity typically refers to the activity of R-spondin 2.
- a representative nucleotide sequence of R-spondin 3 is (A) a polynucleotide having the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 7 or a fragment sequence thereof; (B) a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 8 or a fragment thereof; (C) a variant polypeptide or fragment thereof in which one or more amino acids have one mutation selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 8, A polynucleotide that encodes a variant polypeptide having functional activity; (D) a polynucleotide which is a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence described in SEQ ID NO: 7 or a fragment thereof; (E) a polynucleotide encoding a species homologue of the polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 8 or a fragment thereof; (F) a
- R-spondin 3 As an amino acid sequence of R-spondin 3, (A) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 8 or a fragment thereof; (B) a polypeptide having one mutation in which one or more amino acids are selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 8 and having biological activity; (C) a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 7; (D) a polypeptide that is a species homologue of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 8; or (e) an amino acid sequence that is at least 70% identical to any one polypeptide of (a)-(d) And a polypeptide having biological activity, It can be.
- the biological activity typically means the activity of R-spondin 3.
- a representative nucleotide sequence of R-spondin 4 is (A) a polynucleotide having the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 9 or 41 or a fragment sequence thereof; (B) a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 10 or 42 or a fragment thereof; (C) a variant polypeptide or fragment thereof in which one or more amino acids have one mutation selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10 or 42, A polynucleotide encoding a variant polypeptide having biological activity; (D) a polynucleotide which is a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 9 or 41 or a fragment thereof; (E) a polynucleotide encoding a species homologue of the polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 10 or 42,
- R-spondin 4 As an amino acid sequence of R-spondin 4, (A) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 10 or 42 or a fragment thereof; (B) in the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10 or 42, one or more amino acids have one mutation selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion, and have a biological activity, peptide; (C) a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 9 or 41; (D) a polypeptide that is a species homologue of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 10 or 42; or (e) at least 70% identity to any one polypeptide of (a)-(d) A polypeptide having an amino acid sequence and having biological activity; It can be.
- the biological activity typically refers to the activity of R-spondin 4.
- SONIC HEDGEHOG is one of five types of proteins belonging to the hedgehog (HH) family, and the gene encoding this is denoted by shh.
- SHH is the most important morphogen in development and plays a role in designing many organ systems such as limbs and cerebrospinal midline structures. Mutations in the human sonic hedgehog gene cause a loss of ventral midline, leading to total forebrain fever (HPE), as well as polydactyly due to changes in cis-regulatory elements. ing.
- Other proteins in this family include Desert Hedgehog (DHH) and Indian Hedgehog, (IHH) in mammals.
- DHH Desert Hedgehog
- IHH Indian Hedgehog
- a representative nucleotide sequence of shh is (A) a polynucleotide having the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 11 or a fragment sequence thereof; (B) a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 12 or a fragment thereof; (C) a variant polypeptide or fragment thereof in which one or more amino acids have one mutation selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 12, A polynucleotide that encodes a variant polypeptide having functional activity; (D) a polynucleotide which is a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 11 or a fragment thereof; (E) a polynucleotide encoding a species homologue of the polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 12 or a fragment thereof; (F) a polynu
- amino acid sequence of SHH As an amino acid sequence of SHH, (A) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 12 or a fragment thereof; (B) a polypeptide having one mutation in which one or more amino acids are selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 12 and having biological activity; (C) a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 11; (D) a polypeptide that is a species homologue of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 12; or (e) an amino acid sequence that is at least 70% identical to any one polypeptide of (a) to (d) And a polypeptide having biological activity.
- the biological activity typically means the activity of SHH.
- Hedgehog pathway factors include SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2.
- PTCH1 is one of the factors of the hedgehog pathway, is a receptor called Patched-1, and is a receptor to which SHH binds.
- the gene encoding this factor is expressed as ptch1.
- SMO Smoothened
- SMO Smoothened
- Gli transcription factors It is said that it has become a physiological function.
- the gamete mutation of PTCH1 is said to cause a genetic disease characterized by a small malformation called nevus basal cell carcinoma syndrome (NBCCS) (also called Gorlin syndrome) and high carcinogenesis.
- NBCCS nevus basal cell carcinoma syndrome
- PTCH1 is also a tumor suppressor gene. This gene is also known as PTC; BCNS; HPE7; PTC1; PTCH; NBCCS; PTCH11. As this factor, for example, the human one is NC_000000091 (NCBI Reference Sequence), and NC_000009 (Accession No.) and NM_0010833602.1 (Accession No.) (SEQ ID NOs: 43 and 44) are known. .
- a typical nucleotide sequence of ptch1 is (A) a polynucleotide having the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 43 ⁇ NM_0010833602.1> or a fragment sequence thereof; (B) a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 44 or a fragment thereof; (C) a variant polypeptide or fragment thereof in which one or more amino acids have one mutation selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 44; A polynucleotide that encodes a variant polypeptide having functional activity; (D) a polynucleotide which is a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 43 or a fragment thereof; (E) a polynucleotide encoding a species homologue of the polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 44
- amino acid sequence of PTCH1 As the amino acid sequence of PTCH1, (A) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 44 or a fragment thereof; (B) a polypeptide having one mutation in which one or more amino acids are selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 44, and having biological activity; (C) a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 43; (D) a polypeptide that is a species homologue of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 44; or (e) an amino acid sequence that is at least 70% identical to any one polypeptide of (a) to (d) And a polypeptide having biological activity, It can be.
- the biological activity typically means the activity of PTCH1.
- GLI1 is a factor of the hedgehog (HH) pathway and is one of transcription factor Gli families (GLI1, GLI2, GLI3, etc.).
- the gene encoding GLI1 is designated gli1.
- GLI1 is downstream of PTCH1, from which signals are transmitted to GPR49 / LGR5.
- SMO Smoothened
- SMO Smoothened
- NM_0052699.2 NCBIReference Sequence
- NM_005269 Gene Accession
- NM_001167609 Genebank Accession
- a typical nucleotide sequence of gli1 is (A) a polynucleotide having the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 45 ⁇ NM_0011677609.1> or a fragment sequence thereof; (B) a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 46 or a fragment thereof; (C) a variant polypeptide or fragment thereof in which one or more amino acids have one mutation selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 46, A polynucleotide that encodes a variant polypeptide having functional activity; (D) a polynucleotide which is a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 45 or a fragment thereof; (E) a polynucleotide encoding a species homologue of the polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 46 or
- amino acid sequence of GLI1 As the amino acid sequence of GLI1, (A) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 46 or a fragment thereof; (B) a polypeptide having one mutation in which one or more amino acids are selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 46, and having biological activity; (C) a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 45; (D) a polypeptide that is a species homologue of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 46; or (e) an amino acid sequence that is at least 70% identical to any one polypeptide of (a) to (d) And a polypeptide having biological activity, It can be.
- the biological activity typically refers to the activity of GLI1.
- GLI2 is a factor of the hedgehog (HH) pathway and is one of transcription factor GLI families (GLI1, GLI2, GLI3, etc.).
- the gene encoding GLI2 is represented by gli1. It is assumed that a signal is transmitted to GPR49 / LGR5 from downstream of PTCH1. The binding of Shh and PTCH1 results in the removal of Smothened (Smo), which is also a component of the Shh receptor complex, and signals are transmitted into the cell. Finally, transcription of various target genes is activated through Gli transcription factors. It is said that it has become a physiological function. For example, NM_005270.4 (NCBI Reference Sequence) NM_005270 (Genbank Access) (SEQ ID NOs: 47 and 48) is known as this factor.
- a typical nucleotide sequence of gli2 is (A) a polynucleotide having the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 47 ⁇ NM — 005270.4> or a fragment sequence thereof; (B) a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 48 or a fragment thereof; (C) a variant polypeptide or fragment thereof in which one or more amino acids have one mutation selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 48, A polynucleotide that encodes a variant polypeptide having functional activity; (D) a polynucleotide which is a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 47 or a fragment thereof; (E) a polynucleotide encoding a species homologue of the polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 48 or
- amino acid sequence of GLI2 As the amino acid sequence of GLI2, (A) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 48 or a fragment thereof; (B) a polypeptide having one mutation in which one or more amino acids are selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 48, and having biological activity; (C) a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 47; (D) a polypeptide that is a species homologue of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 48; or (e) an amino acid sequence that is at least 70% identical to any one polypeptide of (a) to (d) And a polypeptide having biological activity, It can be.
- the biological activity typically means the activity of GLI2.
- Wnt pathway factors examples include LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin.
- LRP6 is one of the factors of the Wnt pathway, and is an abbreviation for Low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein 6, and the gene encoding this is denoted by lrp6.
- G ⁇ which is a G protein, activates GSK3 and promotes the transcriptional activity of ⁇ -catenin via LRP6.
- NM_002336.2 NCBIReference Sequence
- NM_002336 Genebank Access
- LRP6 NM_002336.2 (SEQ ID NOs: 49 and 50) are known as human factors.
- a typical nucleotide sequence of lrp6 is: (A) a polynucleotide having the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 49 ⁇ NM_002336.2> or a fragment sequence thereof; (B) a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 50 or a fragment thereof; (C) a variant polypeptide or fragment thereof wherein one or more amino acids have one mutation selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 50, A polynucleotide that encodes a variant polypeptide having functional activity; (D) a polynucleotide which is a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 49 or a fragment thereof; (E) a polynucleotide encoding a species homologue of the polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 50 or
- A a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 50 or a fragment thereof;
- B a polypeptide having one mutation in which one or more amino acids are selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 50 and having biological activity;
- C a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 49;
- D a polypeptide which is a species homologue of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 50; or (e) an amino acid sequence which is at least 70% identical to any one polypeptide of (a) to (d) And a polypeptide having biological activity, It can be.
- biological activity typically refers to the activity of LRP6.
- ⁇ -catenin is one of the factors of the Wnt pathway, and the gene encoding it is represented by beta-catenin / CTNNB1.
- the Wnt / ⁇ -catenin pathway regulates cell fate decisions in vertebrate and invertebrate development.
- Wnt-ligand is a secreted glycoprotein that binds to the Frizzled receptor. This binding initiates a cascade that releases the multifunctional kinase GSK-3 ⁇ from the APC / Axin / GSK-3 ⁇ complex.
- ⁇ -catenin which is a transcriptional coupling factor and embedded in the cell membrane and is present as an adapter protein in cell-cell adhesion, is degraded by the APC / Axin / GSK-3 ⁇ complex. It is supposed to head.
- ⁇ -catenin is appropriately phosphorylated by the cooperative action of CK1 and GSK-3 ⁇ , it is supposed to lead to ubiquitination and degradation by the proteasome via the ⁇ -TrCP / SKP complex.
- Dvl disheveled
- the Wnt / ⁇ -catenin pathway is said to aggregate signals from many other pathways such as retinoic acid, FGF, TGF- ⁇ , and BMP in many different types of cells and tissues.
- NM_001904.3 NCBIReference Sequence
- NM_001904 XM_942045 XM_945648XM_945650XM_945651 XM_945652 XM_945653 XM_945654 XM_945655 XM_945657 (GenbankAccession); as a variant 2 NM_001098209.1 (NCBI Reference Sequence) NM_001098209, XM_001133660, XM_001133664 , XM_001133673, XM_001133675 (Genbank Accession); NM_001098210.1 as variant 3 NCBI Reference Sequence) NM_001098210 (Genbank Accession), _ NM_131059.2 (CTNNB, Accession No.) (SEQ ID NO: 51 and 52) it is known.
- a representative nucleotide sequence of ⁇ -catenin is: (A) a polynucleotide having the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 51 ⁇ NM — 131059.2> or a fragment sequence thereof; (B) a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 52 or a fragment thereof; (C) a variant polypeptide or fragment thereof in which one or more amino acids have one mutation selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 52, A polynucleotide that encodes a variant polypeptide having functional activity; (D) a polynucleotide which is a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 51 or a fragment thereof; (E) a polynucleotide encoding a species homologue of the polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO
- amino acid sequence of ⁇ -catenin As the amino acid sequence of ⁇ -catenin, (A) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 52 or a fragment thereof; (B) a polypeptide having one mutation in which one or more amino acids are selected from the group consisting of substitution, addition and deletion in the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 52, and having biological activity; (C) a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant or allelic variant of the base sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 51; (D) a polypeptide that is a species homologue of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 52; or (e) an amino acid sequence that is at least 70% identical to any one polypeptide of (a) to (d) And a polypeptide having biological activity, It can be.
- the biological activity typically refers to the activity of ⁇ -catenin.
- purmorphamine is another name for N- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2- (1-naphthyloxy) -9-cyclohexyl-9H-purin-6-amine, and CAS.
- the number is the compound known as 482367-10-8.
- Frizzled family smoothened
- Frizzled family of seven transmembrane proteins a membrane protein responsible for the hedgehog signaling pathway. Therefore, in the present invention, it can be used as an agonist of SHH, for example, as a Frizzled family agonist such as purmorphamine.
- protein protein
- polypeptide oligopeptide
- peptide refers to a polymer of amino acids having an arbitrary length.
- This polymer may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
- the amino acid may be natural or non-natural and may be a modified amino acid.
- the term can also encompass one assembled into a complex of multiple polypeptide chains.
- the term also encompasses natural or artificially modified amino acid polymers. Such modifications include, for example, disulfide bond formation, glycosylation, lipidation, acetylation, phosphorylation or any other manipulation or modification (eg, conjugation with a labeling component).
- This definition also includes, for example, polypeptides containing one or more analogs of amino acids (eg, including unnatural amino acids, etc.), peptide-like compounds (eg, peptoids) and other modifications known in the art. Is done.
- amino acid may be natural or non-natural as long as the object of the present invention is satisfied.
- polynucleotide As used herein, “polynucleotide”, “oligonucleotide”, and “nucleic acid” are used interchangeably herein and refer to a nucleotide polymer of any length. The term also includes “oligonucleotide derivatives” or “polynucleotide derivatives”. “Oligonucleotide derivatives” or “polynucleotide derivatives” refer to oligonucleotides or polynucleotides that include derivatives of nucleotides or that have unusual linkages between nucleotides, and are used interchangeably.
- oligonucleotides include, for example, 2′-O-methyl-ribonucleotides, oligonucleotide derivatives in which phosphodiester bonds in oligonucleotides are converted to phosphorothioate bonds, and phosphodiester bonds in oligonucleotides.
- oligonucleotide derivative in which ribose and phosphodiester bond in oligonucleotide are converted to peptide nucleic acid bond
- uracil in oligonucleotide is C ⁇
- Oligonucleotide derivatives substituted with 5-propynyluracil oligonucleotide derivatives wherein uracil in oligonucleotide is substituted with C-5 thiazole uracil
- cytosine in oligonucleotide is C-5 propynylcytosine
- oligonucleotide derivatives in which the cytosine in the oligonucleotide is replaced with phenoxazine-modified cytosine
- oligonucleotide derivatives in which the ribose in DNA is replaced with 2'-O-prop
- a particular nucleic acid sequence may also be conservatively modified (eg, degenerate codon substitutes) and complementary sequences, as well as those explicitly indicated. Is contemplated. Specifically, a degenerate codon substitute creates a sequence in which the third position of one or more selected (or all) codons is replaced with a mixed base and / or deoxyinosine residue. (Batzer et al., Nucleic Acid Res. 19: 5081 (1991); Ohtsuka et al., J. Biol. Chem. 260: 2605-2608 (1985); Rossolini et al., Mol. Cell .Probes 8: 91-98 (1994)).
- nucleic acid is also used interchangeably with gene, cDNA, mRNA, oligonucleotide, and polynucleotide.
- nucleotide may be natural or non-natural.
- gene refers to a factor that defines a genetic trait. Usually arranged in a certain order on the chromosome. A gene that defines the primary structure of a protein is called a structural gene, and a gene that affects its expression is called a regulatory gene. As used herein, “gene” may refer to “polynucleotide”, “oligonucleotide”, and “nucleic acid”.
- homology of a gene refers to the degree of identity of two or more gene sequences to each other, and generally “having homology” means that the degree of identity or similarity is high. Say. Therefore, the higher the homology between two genes, the higher the sequence identity or similarity. Whether two genes have homology can be examined by direct sequence comparison or, in the case of nucleic acids, hybridization methods under stringent conditions. When directly comparing two gene sequences, the DNA sequence between the gene sequences is typically at least 50% identical, preferably at least 70% identical, more preferably at least 80%, 90% , 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% are identical, the genes are homologous.
- a “homolog” or “homologous gene product” is a protein in another species, preferably a mammal, that performs the same biological function as the protein component of the complex further described herein. Means. Such homologues may also be referred to as “ortholog gene products”. Algorithms for detecting orthologous gene pairs from humans and mammals or other species use the entire genome of these organisms. First, paired best hits are recovered using the full Smith-Waterman parallel of the predicted protein. To further improve reliability, paired best hits including Drosophila melanogaster and C. elegans proteins may be used to form clusters of these pairs. Such an analysis is provided, for example, in Nature, 2001, 409: 860-921.
- Amino acids may be referred to herein by either their commonly known three letter symbols or by the one-letter symbols recommended by the IUPAC-IUB Biochemical Nomenclature Commission. Nucleotides may also be referred to by a generally recognized one letter code.
- BLAST is a sequence analysis tool.
- the identity search can be performed, for example, using NCBI BLAST 2.2.9 (issued 2004.5.12.).
- the identity value usually refers to a value when the BLAST is used and aligned under default conditions. However, if a higher value is obtained by changing the parameter, the highest value is the identity value. When identity is evaluated in a plurality of areas, the highest value among them is set as the identity value. Similarity is a numerical value calculated for similar amino acids in addition to identity.
- polynucleotide hybridizing under stringent conditions refers to well-known conditions commonly used in the art. Such a polynucleotide can be obtained by using a colony hybridization method, a plaque hybridization method, a Southern blot hybridization method or the like using a polynucleotide selected from among the polynucleotides of the present invention as a probe. Specifically, hybridization was performed at 65 ° C. in the presence of 0.7 to 1.0 M NaCl using a filter on which DNA derived from colonies or plaques was immobilized, and then a 0.1 to 2-fold concentration was obtained. Means a polynucleotide that can be identified by washing the filter under the condition of 65 ° C.
- SSC serum-sodium citrate
- composition of 1-fold concentration of SSC solution is 150 mM sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate.
- Hybridization was performed in Molecular Cloning 2nd ed. , Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Supplement 1-38, DNA Cloning 1: Core Techniques, A Practical Approach, Second Edition, Oxford, etc.
- sequence containing only the A sequence or only the T sequence is preferably excluded from the sequences that hybridize under stringent conditions.
- a polypeptide (for example, transthyretin) used in the present invention is a nucleic acid molecule that hybridizes under stringent conditions to a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide particularly described in the present invention.
- the polypeptide encoded by is also encompassed.
- These low stringency conditions include 35% formamide, 5 ⁇ SSC, 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), 5 mM EDTA, 0.02% PVP, 0.02% BSA, 100 ⁇ g / ml denatured salmon sperm DNA, and 10% ( (Weight / volume) In a buffer containing dextran sulfate, hybridization was performed at 40 ° C.
- a “purified” substance or biological factor refers to a substance from which at least a part of the factor naturally associated with the biological factor has been removed.
- the purity of a biological agent in a purified biological agent is higher (ie, enriched) than the state in which the biological agent is normally present.
- the term “purified” as used herein is preferably at least 75% by weight, more preferably at least 85% by weight, even more preferably at least 95% by weight, and most preferably at least 98% by weight, Means the presence of the same type of biological agent.
- the materials used in the present invention are preferably “purified” materials.
- a “corresponding” amino acid or nucleic acid has or has the same action as a predetermined amino acid or nucleotide in a reference polypeptide or polynucleotide in a polypeptide molecule or polynucleotide molecule.
- a reference polypeptide or polynucleotide in a polypeptide molecule or polynucleotide molecule in particular, in the case of an enzyme molecule, it means an amino acid that is present at the same position in the active site and contributes similarly to the catalytic activity.
- an antisense molecule can be a similar part in an ortholog corresponding to a particular part of the antisense molecule.
- Corresponding amino acids are, for example, cysteinylated, glutathione, SS bond formation, oxidation (eg, oxidation of methionine side chain), formylation, acetylation, phosphorylation, glycosylation, myristylation, etc.
- the corresponding amino acid can be an amino acid responsible for dimerization.
- Such “corresponding” amino acids or nucleic acids may be regions or domains spanning a range. Thus, in such cases, it is referred to herein as a “corresponding” region or domain.
- a “corresponding” gene eg, a polynucleotide sequence or molecule
- a gene for example, a polynucleotide sequence or a molecule
- a gene corresponding to a gene can be an ortholog of that gene. Therefore, RPG49 and R-spondins of mouse and rat can find corresponding RPG49 and R-spondins in humans, respectively.
- Such corresponding genes can be identified using techniques well known in the art.
- a corresponding gene in an animal is a reference gene of the corresponding gene (for example, RPG49, R-spondins, shh etc.) is represented by SEQ ID NOs: 1, 3, 5, 7, It can be found by searching a sequence database of the animal (for example, human, rat) using the sequence of 9, 11, etc. as a query sequence.
- fragment refers to a polypeptide or polynucleotide having a sequence length of 1 to n ⁇ 1 with respect to a full-length polypeptide or polynucleotide (length is n).
- the length of the fragment can be appropriately changed according to the purpose.
- the lower limit of the length is 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50 and more amino acids, and lengths expressed in integers not specifically listed here (eg 11 etc.) are also suitable as lower limits obtain.
- examples include 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 and more nucleotides.
- Non-integer lengths may also be appropriate as a lower limit.
- a fragment falls within the scope of the present invention as long as the full-length fragment functions as a marker, as long as the fragment itself also functions as a marker.
- the term “activity” refers herein to the function of a molecule in the broadest sense. Activity is not intended to be limiting, but generally includes the biological function, biochemical function, physical function or chemical function of a molecule. Activity activates, promotes, stabilizes, inhibits, suppresses, or destabilizes, for example, enzyme activity, the ability to interact with other molecules, and the function of other molecules Ability, stability, and ability to localize to specific intracellular locations. Where applicable, the term also relates to the function of the protein complex in the broadest sense.
- biological function refers to a specific function that a gene, nucleic acid molecule or polypeptide may have in vivo when referring to a gene or a nucleic acid molecule or polypeptide related thereto.
- the antibody include, but are not limited to, generation of specific antibodies, enzyme activity, and imparting resistance.
- GPR49 / LGR5 or the like can recognize R-spondin, but is not limited thereto.
- a biological function can be exerted by “biological activity”.
- biological activity refers to activity that a certain factor (eg, polynucleotide, protein, etc.) may have in vivo, and exhibits various functions (eg, transcription promoting activity). For example, an activity in which another molecule is activated or inactivated by interaction with one molecule. When two factors interact, their biological activity depends on the binding between the two molecules and the resulting biological change, eg, when one molecule is precipitated with an antibody, the other When molecules also coprecipitate, the two molecules are considered bound. Therefore, seeing such coprecipitation is one of the judgment methods. For example, when a factor is an enzyme, the biological activity includes the enzyme activity.
- an agent when an agent is a ligand, the ligand includes binding to the corresponding receptor.
- biological activity can be measured by techniques well known in the art.
- “activity” indicates or reveals binding (either direct or indirect); affects the response (ie, has a measurable effect in response to some exposure or stimulus),
- expression of a gene, polynucleotide, polypeptide or the like means that the gene or the like undergoes a certain action in vivo to take another form.
- a gene, polynucleotide or the like is transcribed and translated into a polypeptide form.
- transcription and production of mRNA can also be an aspect of expression.
- polypeptide forms may be post-translationally processed (derivatives as referred to herein).
- the expression level of GPR49 / LGR5 can be determined by any method.
- the expression level of GPR49 / LGR5 can be determined by evaluating the amount of GPR49 / LGR5 mRNA, the amount of GPR49 / LGR5 protein, and the biological activity of GPR49 / LGR5 protein.
- the amount of GPR49 / LGR5 mRNA or protein can be determined by a method as described herein.
- the “functional equivalent” refers to any object having the same target function but different structure from the target original entity. Therefore, when referring to “R-spondins or functional equivalents thereof” or “group consisting of R-spondins and functional equivalents thereof”, in addition to R-spondins themselves, mutants of R-spondins or Variants (for example, amino acid sequence variants, etc.) that have differentiation control and / or proliferation promoting action of eye cells, etc., and at the time of action, R-spondins themselves or of these R-spondins Including those that can be changed to mutants or variants (including, for example, R-spondins themselves or nucleic acids encoding R-spondins variants or variants, and vectors, cells, etc. containing the nucleic acids) It is understood that In the present invention, it is understood that the functional equivalent of R-spondin can be used in the same manner as R-spondin even if not specifically mentioned.
- GPR49 / LGR5 or a functional equivalent thereof or “group consisting of GPR49 / LGR5 and a functional equivalent thereof”, in addition to GPR49 / LGR5 itself, a mutant or variant of GPR49 / LGR5 (for example, Amino acid sequence variants, etc.) that have differentiation control and / or proliferation promoting action of ocular cells, etc., or those that have a function as a marker described herein, and at the time of action, GPR49 / LGR5 itself, or a GPR49 / LGR5 mutant or variant thereof (for example, nucleic acid encoding GPR49 / LGR5 itself or GPR49 / LGR5 variant or variant, and a vector containing the nucleic acid) , Including cells, etc.) .
- the functional equivalent of GPR49 / LGR5 can be used in the same manner as GPR49 / LGR5 even if not specifically mentioned.
- SHH SONIC HEDGEHOG
- group consisting of SONIC HEDGEHOG (SHH) and a functional equivalent thereof in addition to SHH itself, a variant or modified form of SHH (for example, Amino acid sequence variants, etc.) that have differentiation control and / or proliferation promoting action of ocular cells, etc., or those that have a function as a marker described herein, and at the time of action, Including SHH itself or one that can be changed to a mutant or variant of SHH (including, for example, nucleic acid encoding SHH itself or a variant or variant of SHH, and vectors, cells, etc. containing the nucleic acid) It is understood that In the present invention, it is understood that the functional equivalent of SHH can be used in the same manner as SHH even if not specifically mentioned.
- a factor that suppresses GPR49 / LGR5 or a functional equivalent thereof or “a group consisting of a factor that suppresses GPR49 / LGR5 and a functional equivalent thereof”, in addition to the factor itself that suppresses GPR49 / LGR5, GPR49 / LGR5 suppressor mutants or modifications (for example, synthetic modifications, etc.) that change so as to have differentiation-controlling and / or proliferation-promoting action of eye cells etc. at the time of action (change)
- GPR49 / LGR5 suppressor mutants or modifications for example, synthetic modifications, etc.
- those that can be changed to factors that suppress GPR49 / LGR5 for example, precursors such as esters or prodrugs
- a functional equivalent of a factor that suppresses GPR49 / LGR5 can be used in the same manner as a factor that suppresses GPR49 / LGR5 even if not specifically mentioned.
- an agonist of SHH eg, Frizzled family agonist such as purmorphamine
- an agonist of SHH eg, Frizzled family agonist such as purmorphamine
- an SHH agonist for example, Frizzled family agonist such as purmorphamine
- an SHH agonist for example, Frizzled family agonist such as purmorphamine
- an SHH agonist for example, Frizzled family agonist such as purmorphamine
- an SHH agonist for example, Frizzled family agonist such as purmorphamine
- an SHH agonist for example, Frizzled family agonist such as purmorphamine mutants or variants (E.g., synthetic variants) that change at the time of action to have differentiation control and / or growth-promoting action of eye cells etc.
- SHH agonists e.g., purmorphamine etc.
- Friz led family agonist itself or an agonist or a variant of this SHH agonist (eg Frizzled family agonist such as purmorphamine) (eg precursor or prodrug such as ester))
- SHH agonists e.g, Frizzled family agonists such as purmorphamine
- functional equivalents of SHH agonists may be SHH agonists (eg, Frizzled family such as purmorphamine), even if not specifically mentioned. It is understood that it can be used in the same way as an agonist).
- agonist refers to a substance that causes a biological action of a receptor to be exerted on a target entity (for example, a receptor).
- target entity for example, a receptor
- agonists also called ligands
- synthesized ones and modified ones can be mentioned.
- Antagonist refers to a substance that inhibits the biological action of a target entity (eg, receptor). In addition to those that inhibit competitively with agonists (or ligands), there are those that inhibit non-competitively. It can also be obtained by modifying the agonist. Antagonists can be included in the concept of inhibitors or suppressors because they inhibit physiological phenomena.
- a factor that inhibits refers to a factor that can temporarily or permanently reduce or eliminate the function of a target GPR49 / LGR5 or the like.
- factors include, but are not limited to, antibodies, antigen-binding fragments thereof, derivatives thereof, nucleic acids such as RNAi factors such as antisense and siRNA, and the like.
- search refers to finding another nucleobase sequence having a specific function and / or property using a nucleobase sequence electronically or biologically or by other methods.
- Electronic search includes BLAST (Altschul et al., J. Mol. Biol. 215: 403-410 (1990)), FASTA (Pearson & Lipman, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA 85: 2444-). 2448 (1988)), Smith and Waterman method (Smith and Waterman, J. Mol. Biol.
- Bio searches include stringent hybridization, macroarrays with genomic DNA affixed to nylon membranes, microarrays affixed to glass plates (microarray assays), PCR and in situ hybridization, etc. It is not limited to. In the present specification, it is intended that the gene used in the present invention should include a corresponding gene identified by such an electronic search or biological search.
- an amino acid sequence having one or more amino acid insertions, substitutions or deletions, or those added to one or both ends can be used.
- insertion, substitution or deletion of one or a plurality of amino acids, or addition to one or both ends thereof in an amino acid sequence means a well-known technical method such as site-directed mutagenesis. It means that a modification has been made by substitution of a plurality of amino acids to the extent that can occur naturally by a method or by natural mutation.
- GPR49 / LGR5, R-spondins, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and other hedgehog pathway factors, LRP6, ⁇ -catenin and other Wnt pathway factors such as 1-30 amino acid sequences, preferably 1 ⁇ 20, more preferably 1-9, still more preferably 1-5, particularly preferably 1-2 amino acids inserted, substituted, or deleted, or added to one or both ends Can be things.
- the modified amino acid sequence is preferably such that the amino acid sequence is GPR49 / LGR5, R-spondins, hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2, Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin, etc.
- the amino acid sequence may have an amino acid sequence having one or more (preferably one or several or 1, 2, 3, or 4) conservative substitutions.
- conservative substitution means substitution of one or more amino acid residues with another chemically similar amino acid residue so as not to substantially alter the function of the protein. For example, when a certain hydrophobic residue is substituted by another hydrophobic residue, a certain polar residue is substituted by another polar residue having the same charge, and the like.
- Functionally similar amino acids that can make such substitutions are known in the art for each amino acid. Specific examples include non-polar (hydrophobic) amino acids such as alanine, valine, isoleucine, leucine, proline, tryptophan, phenylalanine, and methionine.
- Examples of polar (neutral) amino acids include glycine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, glutamine, asparagine, and cysteine.
- Examples of positively charged (basic) amino acids include arginine, histidine, and lysine.
- Examples of negatively charged (acidic) amino acids include aspartic acid and glutamic acid.
- the term “marker (substance or gene)” refers to whether or not there is a certain state (eg, disease state, disorder state, proliferative ability, level of differentiation state, presence or absence, etc.). This refers to the substance that will be tracked. Such markers can include genes, gene products, metabolites, enzymes, and the like. In the present invention, detection, diagnosis, preliminary detection, prediction or pre-diagnosis for a certain condition (eg, a disease such as differentiation disorder) is a drug, agent, factor or means specific for the marker associated with the condition, or It can be realized by using a composition, kit or system containing them.
- “gene product” refers to a protein or mRNA encoded by a gene. It has now been found that gene products that have not been shown to be associated with ocular cells (ie GPR49 / LGR5 etc.) can be used as indicators of ocular cell differentiation.
- the “nerve cell” is used in a broad sense and means any cell contained in an organ of the nervous system, and particularly includes cells derived from neural crest cells (for example, corneal endothelial cells and the like). It is understood.
- eye cell is used in a broad sense and means any cell present in the eye, and any cell present in the eyelid, sclera, cornea, uvea, lens, vitreous, retina, optic nerve. Cells are included.
- cornea endothelial cell is used in the usual meaning used in the art.
- the cornea is one of the layered tissues constituting the eye, is transparent, and is located in the portion closest to the outside world.
- the cornea is said to be composed of five layers in order from the outside (body surface) in humans, and is composed of the corneal epithelium, Bowman's membrane (outer boundary line), eigenlayer, Desme's membrane (inner boundary line), and corneal endothelium from the outside Is done.
- portions other than the epithelium and endothelium are sometimes collectively referred to as “corneal stroma” and are referred to as such in this specification.
- corneal tissue is used in a normal sense and refers to the tissue itself constituting the cornea.
- corneal tissue all of the corneal epithelium, Bowman's membrane (outer border), lamina basement, Descemet's membrane (inner border), and corneal endothelium that make up the cornea (in humans, in other animals, Depending on the corresponding category, all or part of the cornea may be missing, or other tissues (sclera) in addition to the cornea may be included. There is. Therefore, it can be said that the cornea or cornea piece is an embodiment of the corneal tissue.
- proliferation ability refers to the ability of cells to proliferate.
- state of growth refers to the possibility of growth at steady state.
- steady state is a normal condition in a living body and a state in which the homeostasis of the living body is maintained. Such a state can be easily determined by those skilled in the art. For example, it can be confirmed by cell density analysis that the cell density is substantially constant and does not change, or that no expression of a cell proliferation marker is observed.
- “highly proliferating ability” means having a proliferating ability in a steady state.
- proliferation promotion means that the growth state of a certain cell is promoted. If the target cell has not grown, it can be considered to promote growth if it begins to grow as much as possible, and in the case of a cell that has already proliferated, if the growth level is maintained or higher, preferably it is increased. Corresponds to growth promotion.
- differentiation ability refers to the ability of cells to differentiate. In that sense, a cell having a differentiation potential is “undifferentiated”. Stem cells (embryonic stem cells, germ cells, iPS cells, tissue stem cells, etc.) can be further differentiated and therefore can be referred to as having differentiation potential.
- undifferentiated cell refers to any cell capable of differentiation.
- undifferentiated cells include stem cells as well as cells that have differentiated to a certain extent but can still differentiate.
- differentiation inhibition refers to inhibition of differentiation. If differentiation is not performed, it is understood that both differentiation levels that do not change and differentiation levels that progress in the direction of undifferentiation are encompassed by “inhibition of differentiation”.
- differentiation inhibitor and / or growth promoter refers to a substance or factor that can suppress the differentiation and / or promote proliferation of a target cell.
- differentiation suppressant and / or growth promoter refers to R-spondins, SHH, SHH agonists (for example, Frizzled family agonists such as purmorphamine), factors that suppress GPR49 / LGR5 (Antagonists) and at least one selected from the group consisting of their functional equivalents.
- stem cell refers to a cell having both the ability to differentiate into cells of multiple lineages (multipotency) and the ability to maintain pluripotency even after cell division (self-renewal ability).
- Stem cells include embryonic stem cells, germ cells, iPS cells, tissue stem cells and the like.
- the “subject” refers to a subject (for example, a living organism such as a human or an organ (eye) or a cell taken out from a living organism) as a subject of diagnosis or detection of the present invention.
- sample refers to any substance obtained from a subject or the like, and includes, for example, eye cells. Those skilled in the art can appropriately select a preferable sample based on the description of the present specification.
- colony forming ability refers to the ability to form colonies when referring to cells.
- the colony-forming ability can be determined using a colony-forming test of cells under culture conditions known in the art as a standard test method.
- Ki-67 is a cell proliferation marker and is typically a cell cycle-related nucleoprotein represented by accession number P46013. In proliferating cells, it is expressed in the G 1 phase, S phase, G 2 phase, and M phase, but is not present in the G 0 phase where growth is paused, so it is used as a marker for cell proliferation and cell cycle. Further, since a positive correlation is seen between the expression level of Ki-67 and the malignancy of the tumor, it is also useful as a marker for detecting proliferating cells in the tumor tissue.
- Ki-67 positive means that Ki-67, which is a cell marker, is expressed in target cells.
- BrdU is an abbreviation of brominated deoxyuridine, and is incorporated as an analog of dTTP during DNA synthesis. Therefore, DNA (cell nucleus) incorporating BrdU is incorporated into BrdU incorporated into DNA. It can be detected with a specific antibody.
- BrdU positive means that the cell marker BrdU is expressed in the target cell.
- drug drug
- drug may also be a substance or other element (eg energy such as light, radioactivity, heat, electricity).
- Such substances include, for example, proteins, polypeptides, oligopeptides, peptides, polynucleotides, oligonucleotides, nucleotides, nucleic acids (eg, DNA such as cDNA, genomic DNA, RNA such as mRNA), poly Saccharides, oligosaccharides, lipids, small organic molecules (for example, hormones, ligands, signaling substances, small organic molecules, molecules synthesized by combinatorial chemistry, small molecules that can be used as pharmaceuticals (for example, small molecule ligands, etc.)) , These complex molecules are included, but not limited thereto.
- a polynucleotide having a certain sequence homology to the sequence of the polynucleotide (for example, 70% or more sequence identity) and complementarity examples include, but are not limited to, a polypeptide such as a transcription factor that binds to the promoter region.
- Factors specific for a polypeptide typically include an antibody specifically directed against the polypeptide or a derivative or analog thereof (eg, a single chain antibody), and the polypeptide is a receptor.
- specific ligands or receptors in the case of ligands, and substrates thereof when the polypeptide is an enzyme include, but are not limited to.
- detection agent refers to any drug that can detect a target object in a broad sense.
- diagnostic agent refers to any drug capable of diagnosing a target condition (for example, a disease) in a broad sense.
- therapeutic agent refers to any drug that can treat a target condition (for example, a disease) in a broad sense.
- prophylactic agent refers to any drug that can prevent a target condition (for example, a disease) in a broad sense.
- progression preventive agent refers to any drug capable of preventing the progression of the state of a disease or the like.
- in vivo refers to the inside of a living body. In a particular context, “in vivo” refers to the location where a target substance is to be placed.
- in vitro refers to a state in which a part of a living body is excised or released “outside the living body” (for example, in a test tube) for various research purposes. A term that contrasts with in vivo.
- ex vivo refers to a series of operations ex vivo when a certain treatment is performed outside the body but is intended to be returned to the body afterwards. Also in the present invention, an embodiment in which cells in the living body are treated with the drug of the present invention and returned to the patient can be envisaged.
- the present invention is a group consisting of R-spondins, SHH, an SHH agonist (for example, Frizzled family agonist such as purmorphamine), a factor that suppresses GPR49 / LGR5, and their functional equivalents
- SHH SHH
- SHH agonist for example, Frizzled family agonist such as purmorphamine
- GPR49 / LGR5 a factor that suppresses GPR49 / LGR5
- An agent for inhibiting cell differentiation and / or promoting proliferation comprising at least one selected from the above, is provided.
- the cells targeted by the present invention are not particularly limited, but include eye cells, neural cells including neural crest cell-derived cells (including corneal endothelial cells), conjunctival epithelium, amniotic epithelium, oral mucosal epithelium, nasal Examples include epithelial cells such as mucosal epithelium and corneal epithelial cells.
- the cells targeted by the present invention are ocular cells.
- Eye cells targeted by the present invention may include, but are not limited to, retinal cells, vitreous cells, corneal epithelial cells, corneal parenchymal cells, corneal endothelial cells, and the like.
- R-spondins is, for example, a mutant or variant (eg, amino acid sequence variant) of R-spondins, and has an action of controlling differentiation and / or proliferation of eye cells and the like.
- Those that can be converted to R-spondins themselves or variants or variants of these R-spondins at the time of action eg R-spondins themselves or variants or variants of R-spondins
- a vector containing the nucleic acid, a cell, etc. includes a mutant or modified form of SHH (for example, an amino acid sequence modified form) that has an action of controlling differentiation and / or promoting proliferation of ocular cells, etc.
- SHH agonists include variants or variants (eg, synthetic) of SHH agonists (eg, Frizzled family agonists such as purmorphamine).
- Frizzled family agonists such as purmorphamine or those that can be changed to mutants or variants of this SHH agonist (for example, Frizzled family agonists such as purmorphamine) (for example, esters) Precursor of Other pro-drugs) are included.
- Functional equivalents of factors that inhibit GPR49 / LGR5 include mutants or variants (eg, synthetic variants) of factors that inhibit GPR49 / LGR5, and differentiation of ocular cells and the like at the time of action.
- Those that change so as to have a regulatory and / or growth-promoting action are included.
- the R-spondins used in the present invention include at least one selected from R-spondin 1, R-spondin 2, R-spondin 3, and R-spondin 4.
- the R-spondins used in the present invention include R-spondin 1.
- the eye cells targeted by the present invention are cells that are not proliferating in a steady state.
- the present invention exhibits an unprecedented effect in that even cells that are not proliferating in a steady state can be proliferated by the present invention. .
- the eye cell targeted by the present invention comprises at least one cell selected from retinal cells, vitreous cells, corneal epithelial cells, corneal parenchymal cells, and corneal endothelial cells.
- a corneal endothelial cell is a cell that hardly proliferates in a steady state, and the fact that it can be proliferated has an extremely important meaning in terms of treatment or prevention of ophthalmic diseases.
- the ocular cells targeted by the present invention comprise corneal endothelial cells.
- other cells such as corneal epithelial cells are proliferating only a small part of the basal cells, and most of them are not proliferating. Therefore, retinal cells other than corneal endothelial cells, vitreous bodies Even cells, corneal epithelial cells, and corneal parenchymal cells can be said to have extremely important meanings from the viewpoint of treatment or prevention of ophthalmic diseases.
- the eye cells targeted by the present invention include primate corneal endothelial cells. In an even more preferred embodiment, the eye cells targeted by the present invention comprise human corneal endothelial cells.
- cells targeted by the present invention are in a confluent state.
- eye cells eg, eye cells
- no technology has been reported so far that allows cells in such a confluent state to grow. Therefore, such a technique is extremely useful from the viewpoint of treatment or prevention of a disease or disorder, in that it is possible to grow cells of an unprecedented category.
- the present invention can utilize corneal endothelial cells in a confluent state.
- a confluent state it has been observed that in normal culture, the cell morphology becomes fibroblast-like.
- One of the important features of the present invention is the ability to further suppress proliferation and differentiation even in confluent corneal endothelial cells, and important prognostic determinants after transplantation for clinical application of cultured corneal endothelial transplantation This means that cells with high corneal endothelial density can be transplanted.
- the preferred concentration in this case is not limited to this, but when R-spondin 1 is used, it can be about 1 ng / ml to about 100 ng / ml, preferably about 10 ng / ml to about 100 ng / ml. And more preferably about 10 ng / ml.
- the cell density is preferably about 570 cells / mm 2 or more, about 700 cells / mm 2 or more, about 800 cells / mm 2 or more, and can be about 1000 cells / mm 2 or more.
- culture refers to a culture produced by culturing cells such as corneal endothelium. Therefore, the “corneal endothelium culture” refers to a culture of corneal endothelium, and usually refers to a culture that exists in a state different from that in vivo.
- corneal endothelial culture obtained by the conventional culture method only a confluent culture of about 500 cells / mm 2 could be obtained at most as shown in Examples. Therefore, from the viewpoint of culture, it can be said that such a cell density could not be achieved especially for those cultured or passaged for a long period of time. That is, the density of corneal endothelial cells is easily reduced by culturing.
- Corneal endothelial density is one of the most important indicators of health in clinical terms. Therefore, culturing at a high density is important from the viewpoint of regenerative medicine.
- it can be administered to a living body and can be an extremely important therapeutic agent. In that sense, it is important that the density reduced by the usual culture method could be increased again.
- the normal value of the human corneal endothelium in the living body is about 2500 to 3000 / mm 2 , and the present invention is also meaningful in that a technique for bringing the cell density of the culture close to or exceeding this can be provided. .
- cells targeted by the present invention can be corneal tissue itself.
- corneal tissue itself can be a cornea piece.
- the present invention provides a culture of corneal endothelium, wherein the corneal endothelium is present at a density higher than the cell density in a confluent state.
- the Ki67 positive cells are present at a rate of about 4% or more, more preferably at a rate of about 7% or more, and even more preferably at a rate of about 10% or more. Since the normal abundance ratio is about 1%, such a corneal tissue containing Ki67 positive cells, that is, proliferating cells, has not existed in the past, and the value as a novel therapeutic graft can also be found. it can.
- the density of the corneal endothelial cells is about 4000 cells / mm 2 or more, more preferably about 4500 cells / mm 2 or more, and still more preferably about 5000 cells / mm 2 or more.
- the normal value of human corneal endothelium in the living body is about 2500-3000 / mm 2.
- the present invention provides a composition for cell storage or cell culture, comprising the differentiation-suppressing and / or growth-promoting agent of the present invention.
- the differentiation-suppressing and / or growth-promoting agent used in the present invention may be any differentiation-suppressing and / or growth-promoting agent described in the section (Suppression of differentiation and / or proliferation) and other sections.
- the cells targeted by the present invention are intended for cell preservation or cell culture, and in any cell embodiment described in the (Suppression of differentiation and / or proliferation promotion) section and other sections. It is understood that it is good.
- the cells targeted by the present invention are not particularly limited, but are intended for cell preservation or cell culture, and include cells derived from ocular cells and neural crest cells (including corneal endothelial cells). Examples thereof include neurons, epithelial cells such as conjunctival epithelium, amniotic epithelium, oral mucosal epithelium, nasal mucosal epithelium, corneal epithelial cells, and the like.
- the cells targeted by the present invention are ocular cells.
- the eye cells targeted by the present invention are intended for cell preservation or cell culture, and may include retinal cells, vitreous cells, corneal epithelial cells, corneal parenchymal cells, corneal endothelial cells, and the like. It is not limited to.
- the eye cell targeted by the present invention is a cell that is not proliferating in a steady state.
- the present invention has been conventionally used in terms of cell preservation or cell culture in that even cells that are not proliferating in a steady state can be grown according to the present invention. It has no effect.
- the ocular cells targeted by the present invention are selected from retinal cells, vitreous cells, corneal epithelial cells, corneal parenchymal cells and corneal endothelial cells. At least one type of cell.
- corneal endothelial cells are cells that hardly proliferate in a steady state, and can be proliferated from the viewpoint of cell preservation or cell culture. This is extremely important from the viewpoint of treatment or prevention of ophthalmic diseases.
- the ocular cells targeted by the present invention comprise corneal endothelial cells.
- corneal epithelial cells are proliferating only a small part of the basal cells, and most of them are not proliferating. Therefore, retinal cells other than corneal endothelial cells, vitreous bodies Even cells, corneal epithelial cells, and corneal parenchymal cells are extremely important in terms of cell preservation or cell culture from the viewpoint of treatment or prevention of ophthalmic diseases by cell therapy used as a result. It can be said that there is.
- the eye cells targeted by the present invention include primate corneal endothelial cells.
- the eye cells targeted by the present invention comprise human corneal endothelial cells.
- the cells targeted by the present invention are in a confluent state.
- Such a technique capable of growing cells in a confluent state is very significant from the viewpoint of cell preservation or cell culture. Therefore, such a technique is capable of growing cells of an unprecedented category in that cell storage or cell culture is performed, and the resulting cells are used for treatment or prevention of diseases or disorders. From the viewpoint, it is extremely useful.
- the present invention provides a composition for corneal preservation or corneal endothelial cell culture, comprising the differentiation inhibitor and / or proliferation promoter of the present invention.
- a composition contains at least one R-spondin, SHH, or SHH agonist (for example, an agonist of the Frizzled family such as purmorphamine, etc.), which is an active ingredient of the differentiation-suppressing and / or growth-promoting agent of the present invention. ),
- a factor that suppresses GPR49 / LGR5 or a functional equivalent thereof may be used as it is, or may be prepared containing other components.
- the present invention provides a method for preserving or culturing cells using the agent for suppressing differentiation and / or proliferation of the present invention.
- the present invention provides a method of preserving the cornea or culturing corneal endothelial cells, comprising the step of using the differentiation inhibiting and / or proliferation promoting agent of the present invention.
- the differentiation inhibiting and / or proliferation promoting agent contained in the composition for corneal preservation or corneal endothelial cell culture of the present invention may employ any embodiment described in (Differentiation inhibiting and / or proliferation promoting). It should be understood that it can be done.
- corneal endothelial cells normally has at least characteristics such as a function inherent in corneal endothelial cells (also referred to as “normal function” in the present specification). One can be determined by checking whether it is maintained.
- Such functions include ZO-1 and Na + / K + -ATPase, adaptability to corneal transplantation (Matsubara M, Tanishima T: Wound-healing of the endothermic in the Netherlands, the Morphology 1982, 26: 264-273; Matsubara M, Tanishima T: Wound-healing of corneal endothermic in monkey: an autoradiographic study, Jn J Othalmol 1983, 27: 44 in prime cornea, Exp Eye Res 1975, 21: 113-124 and VanHorn DL, Sendele DD, Seideman S, Buco PJ: Regenerative capacity of the concealed end of the end.
- it is not limited to them.
- normal function can be an index indicating that it is necessary or sufficient for realizing corneal transplantation.
- normalization can be determined by observing changes in expression using functional proteins in corneal endothelial cells such as ZO-1 and Na + / K + -ATPase as indicators, or by transplanting to monkeys and the like. It can be done by checking if it wears and functions.
- the determination method by transplantation can be performed as follows. That is, corneal endothelium is cultured on type I collagen to produce a cultured corneal endothelium sheet.
- a corneal limbus of cynomolgus monkey is incised 1.5 mm, a surgical instrument made of silicon is inserted into the anterior chamber, and corneal endothelial cells are mechanically scraped to prepare a bullous keratopathy model. Subsequently, the corneal limbus is incised 5-6 mm, the cultured corneal endothelium sheet is inserted into the anterior chamber, and the anterior chamber is replaced with air to adhere the sheet to the corneal endothelium surface.
- the therapeutic effect of bullous keratopathy by transplanting the cultured corneal endothelium sheet can be evaluated by evaluating the corneal transparency with a slit lamp microscope.
- the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition for treating a cell disorder or preventing the progression of the cell disorder, comprising the agent for suppressing differentiation and / or promoting proliferation of the present invention.
- the differentiation-suppressing and / or growth-promoting agent used in the present invention may be any differentiation-suppressing and / or growth-promoting agent described in the section (Suppression of differentiation and / or proliferation) and other sections.
- the cells targeted by the present invention are described in the (Suppression of differentiation and / or promotion of proliferation) section and other sections as long as they are intended for treatment of cell damage or prevention of progression of the damage of the cell. It is understood that any cell embodiment may be used.
- the cells targeted by the present invention are not particularly limited, but may be derived from ocular cells or neural crest cells as long as the purpose is to treat cell damage or prevent progression of the cell damage.
- nerve cells including cells (including corneal endothelial cells), epithelial cells such as conjunctival epithelium, amniotic epithelium, oral mucosal epithelium, nasal mucosal epithelium, corneal epithelial cells, and the like.
- the cells targeted by the present invention are ocular cells.
- Eye cells targeted by the present invention may include, but are not limited to, retinal cells, vitreous cells, corneal epithelial cells, corneal parenchymal cells, corneal endothelial cells, and the like.
- the eye cell targeted by the present invention is a cell that does not proliferate in a steady state.
- the present invention is directed to the treatment of cellular disorders or the ability of cells to be propagated by the present invention even if the cells are not proliferating in a steady state. It has a significant effect in that it can prevent the progression of disability.
- the eye cell targeted by the present invention is at least one cell selected from retinal cells, vitreous cells, corneal epithelial cells, corneal parenchymal cells, and corneal endothelial cells.
- a corneal endothelial cell is a cell that hardly proliferates in a steady state, and can be proliferated from the viewpoint of treating a cell disorder or preventing the progression of the cell disorder. It is extremely important from the viewpoint of treatment or prevention.
- the ocular cells targeted by the present invention comprise corneal endothelial cells.
- corneal epithelial cells are proliferating only a small part of the basal cells, and most of them are not proliferating. Therefore, retinal cells other than corneal endothelial cells, vitreous bodies Even cells, corneal epithelial cells, and corneal parenchymal cells are extremely important in terms of treatment or prevention of ophthalmic diseases in light of the treatment of cell disorders or the prevention of progression of such cell disorders. It can be said.
- the eye cell targeted by the present invention comprises primate corneal endothelial cells.
- the eye cells targeted by the present invention comprise human corneal endothelial cells.
- the cells (for example, eye cells) targeted by the present invention are in a confluent state.
- Such a technique capable of proliferating cells in a confluent state is also significant from the viewpoint of treating a cell disorder or preventing the progression of the cell disorder. Therefore, such a technique is extremely useful from the viewpoint of treating a cell disorder or preventing the progression of the disorder of a cell, in that it can grow a cell of an unprecedented category. It is.
- the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition for treating corneal endothelial cell disorder or preventing progression of corneal endothelial cell disorder, comprising the differentiation inhibitor and / or proliferation promoter of the present invention.
- the differentiation inhibiting and / or proliferation promoting agent contained in the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can adopt any embodiment described in (Differentiation inhibiting and / or proliferation promoting).
- treatment refers to prevention of worsening of a disease or disorder when it becomes such a condition or disease (eg, corneal disease), preferably maintenance of the current situation. Preferably, it means reduction, and more preferably elimination.
- a condition or disease eg, corneal disease
- prevention means that a certain disease or disorder is prevented from becoming such a state before becoming such a state. Diagnosis can be performed using the drug of the present invention, and for example, a corneal disease or the like can be prevented using the drug of the present invention, or countermeasures for prevention can be taken.
- the adaptability to corneal transplantation can be carried out by transplanting cultured cells by mechanically scraping the corneal endothelium as a bullous keratosis model even in laboratory animals such as rabbits.
- a primate cynomolgus monkey for example, at least 1 month, preferably at least 2 months, more preferably at least 3 months, even more preferably at least 6 months, even more preferably Assess adaptability after at least 12 months. Confirmation of transplantation adaptability in primates such as monkeys is particularly important in human application.
- various delivery systems are known, and such systems can be used to administer the therapeutic agents of the present invention, such systems include Encapsulation in, for example, liposomes, microparticles, and microcapsules: use of recombinant cells capable of expressing therapeutic agents (eg, polypeptides), use of receptor-mediated endocytosis; retroviral vectors or other vectors As part of this, there is the construction of therapeutic nucleic acids.
- Introduction methods include, but are not limited to, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, and oral routes.
- an inhaler or nebulizer can be used with an aerosolizing agent and can be administered with other biologically active agents. Administration can be systemic or local.
- the present invention when used in the ophthalmic area, it can be further administered by any suitable route, such as by direct injection into the eye.
- the nucleic acid is administered in vivo by constructing the nucleic acid as part of a suitable nucleic acid expression vector and administering it to be present in a cell. It is also possible to facilitate the expression of the encoded protein, for example by the use of retroviral vectors or by direct injection or by the use of microparticle guns or the nucleic acids are lipids, cell surface receptors or This can be done by coating with a transfection agent or by administering a nucleic acid linked to a tag sequence known to enter the nucleus. Alternatively, nucleic acid therapeutics can be introduced into cells and incorporated by homologous recombination into host cell DNA for expression.
- the medicament, therapeutic agent, prophylactic agent, etc. of the present invention comprises a therapeutically effective amount of the therapeutic agent or active ingredient, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- pharmaceutically acceptable refers to a licensed or otherwise recognized pharmacopoeia of a government for use in animals, and more particularly in humans, by a government supervisory authority. It means that it is enumerated.
- carrier refers to a diluent, adjuvant, excipient, or vehicle with which the therapeutic agent is administered.
- Such carriers can be sterile liquids, such as water and oils, including but not limited to those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, including but not limited to peanut oil, soybean oil, minerals Oil, sesame oil, etc. are included.
- Water is a preferred carrier when the drug is administered orally.
- Saline and aqueous dextrose are preferred carriers when the pharmaceutical composition is administered intravenously.
- saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions are used as liquid carriers for injectable solutions.
- Suitable excipients include light anhydrous silicic acid, crystalline cellulose, mannitol, starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, chloride Sodium, nonfat dry milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol, carmellose calcium, carmellose sodium, hydroxypropylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, polyvinylacetal diethylaminoacetate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gelatin, medium chain fatty acid triglyceride, polyoxyethylene hardening Castor oil 60, sucrose, carboxymethylcellulose, corn starch, inorganic salts and the like are included.
- compositions can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents, if desired.
- These compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, capsules, powders, sustained-release formulations and the like. It is also possible to formulate the composition as a suppository, with traditional binders and carriers such as triglycerides. Oral formulations may also include standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grade mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, cellulose, magnesium carbonate. Examples of suitable carriers are E.I. W. Martin, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mark Publishing Company, Easton, USA).
- compositions contain a therapeutically effective amount of the therapeutic agent, preferably in purified form, together with a suitable amount of carrier so as to provide the form for proper administration to the patient.
- the formulation must be suitable for the mode of administration.
- surfactants, excipients, coloring agents, flavoring agents, preservatives, stabilizers, buffering agents, suspending agents, tonicity agents, binders, disintegrating agents, lubricants, fluidity Accelerators, flavoring agents and the like may be included.
- the composition can be formulated as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for administration to humans according to known methods.
- compositions for injection administration are solutions in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer.
- the composition can also include a solubilizing agent and a local anesthetic such as lidocaine to ease pain at the site of the injection.
- the ingredients are supplied separately or mixed together in a unit dosage form, for example in a sealed container such as an ampoule or sachet indicating the amount of active agent, lyophilized powder or water-free concentration Can be supplied as a product.
- the composition is to be administered by infusion, it can be dispensed with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline.
- an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
- the pharmaceutical agent, therapeutic agent, or prophylactic agent of the present invention can be formulated as a neutral type, salt type, or other prodrug (for example, ester).
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those formed with free carboxyl groups derived from hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, isopropylamine, triethylamine, 2-ethylaminoethanol, histidine, procaine And those formed with free amine groups such as those derived from, and those derived from sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, ferric hydroxide, and the like.
- the amount of the therapeutic agent of the invention effective for the treatment of a particular disorder or condition can vary depending on the nature of the disorder or condition, but can be determined by those skilled in the art by standard clinical techniques based on the description herein. Furthermore, in some cases, in vitro assays can be used to help identify optimal dosage ranges.
- the exact dose to be used in the formulation can also vary depending on the route of administration and the severity of the disease or disorder and should be determined according to the judgment of the attending physician and the circumstances of each patient. However, suitable dosage ranges for direct administration to the cornea are generally about 1 to 500 micrograms of active ingredient per kilogram body weight, but are not limited thereto, and can be used below or above. Effective doses can be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems.
- the “kit” refers to a unit provided with a portion to be provided (eg, therapeutic drug, antibody, label, instructions, etc.) usually divided into two or more compartments.
- This kit form is preferred when it is intended to provide a composition that should not be provided in a mixed form but is preferably used in a mixed state immediately prior to use.
- Such a kit preferably includes a provided part (eg, instructions or instructions describing how to use the therapeutic agent or how to treat the reagent).
- the kit when the kit is used as a reagent kit, the kit usually includes instructions describing how to use the antibody.
- the “instruction sheet” describes the method for using the present invention for a doctor or other user.
- This instruction manual includes a word indicating that the detection method of the present invention, how to use a diagnostic agent, or administration of a medicine or the like is given.
- the instruction sheet may include a word for instructing administration (for example, by injection) to skeletal muscle as an administration site.
- This instruction is prepared in accordance with the format prescribed by the national supervisory authority (for example, the Ministry of Health, Labor and Welfare in Japan and the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in the United States, etc. in the United States) where the present invention is implemented, and is approved by the supervisory authority. It is clearly stated that it has been received.
- the instruction sheet is a so-called package insert and is usually provided as a paper medium, but is not limited thereto, and is in the form of, for example, an electronic medium (for example, a home page or e-mail provided on the Internet). But it can be provided.
- the present invention provides a drug pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.
- a drug pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.
- associated with such containers manufactured, used or sold for human administration by a government agency in a manner prescribed by the government agency that regulates the manufacture, use or sale of a pharmaceutical or biological product. It is also possible to indicate information indicating authorization.
- the kit of the present invention can also contain an expression vector encoding a protein used as the therapeutic agent, prophylactic agent or pharmaceutical agent of the present invention, and the protein is biologically active after being expressed. It can also be reconstituted to form a complex.
- a kit preferably also contains the necessary buffers and reagents.
- such containers may be accompanied by instructions for use of the kit and / or by a government agency in a manner prescribed by the government agency that regulates the manufacture, use or sale of a pharmaceutical or biological product. It is also possible to provide information indicating the authorization of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising a nucleic acid of the invention can be administered via liposomes, microparticles, or microcapsules. In various embodiments of the present invention, it may be useful to achieve sustained release of nucleic acids using such compositions.
- the treatment of the present invention can be performed using the corneal tissue itself prepared using the present invention, for example, a cornea piece.
- the Ki67 positive cells are present at a rate of about 4% or more, more preferably at a rate of about 7% or more, and even more preferably at a rate of about 10% or more. Since the normal abundance ratio is about 1%, such a corneal tissue containing Ki67 positive cells, that is, proliferating cells, has not existed conventionally, and is directly transplanted from a living body as a new therapeutic graft. Expected to have therapeutic effects beyond corneal tissue.
- the density of the corneal endothelial cells is about 4000 cells / mm 2 or more, more preferably about 4500 cells / mm 2 or more, and still more preferably about 5000 cells / mm 2 or more.
- the normal value of human corneal endothelium in the living body is about 2500-3000 / mm 2.
- the present invention includes a cell cultured using the differentiation-suppressing and / or growth-promoting agent of the present invention, a therapeutic agent or progression prevention of the disorder of the cell or a disease or disorder caused by the cellular disorder.
- the differentiation-suppressing and / or growth-promoting agent used in the present invention may be any differentiation-suppressing and / or growth-promoting agent described in the section (Suppression of differentiation and / or proliferation) and other sections.
- the cells targeted by the present invention may be any cell embodiment described in the (Suppression of differentiation and / or proliferation promotion) section and other sections.
- the cells targeted by the present invention are not particularly limited, but include ocular cells, neural cells including neural crest cell-derived cells (including corneal endothelial cells), conjunctival epithelium, amniotic epithelium, oral mucosal epithelium. And epithelial cells such as nasal mucosal epithelium and corneal epithelial cells.
- the cells targeted by the present invention are ocular cells.
- Eye cells targeted by the present invention may include, but are not limited to, retinal cells, vitreous cells, corneal epithelial cells, corneal parenchymal cells, corneal endothelial cells, and the like.
- the eye cell targeted by the present invention is a cell that is not proliferating in a steady state.
- the present invention exhibits an unprecedented effect in that even cells that are not proliferating in a steady state can be proliferated by the present invention. .
- the eye cell targeted by the present invention is at least one selected from retinal cells, vitreous cells, corneal epithelial cells, corneal parenchymal cells, and corneal endothelial cells. Contains seed cells.
- a corneal endothelial cell is a cell that hardly proliferates in a steady state, and the fact that it can be proliferated has an extremely important meaning in terms of treatment or prevention of ophthalmic diseases.
- the ocular cells targeted by the present invention comprise corneal endothelial cells.
- corneal epithelial cells are proliferating only a small part of the basal cells, and most of them are not proliferating. Therefore, retinal cells other than corneal endothelial cells, vitreous bodies Even cells, corneal epithelial cells, and corneal parenchymal cells can be said to have extremely important meanings from the viewpoint of treatment or prevention of ophthalmic diseases.
- the eye cells targeted by the present invention include primate corneal endothelial cells.
- the eye cells targeted by the present invention comprise human corneal endothelial cells.
- cells targeted by the present invention are in a confluent state.
- eye cells are in a confluent state.
- no technology has been reported so far that allows cells in such a confluent state to grow. Therefore, such a technique is extremely useful from the viewpoint of treatment or prevention of a disease or disorder, in that it is possible to grow cells of an unprecedented category.
- the present invention provides a therapeutic or prophylactic agent for corneal endothelial cell injury comprising corneal endothelial cells cultured using the differentiation-suppressing and / or proliferation-promoting agent of the present invention.
- the differentiation inhibitor and / or proliferation promoter contained in the therapeutic agent or progression preventive agent of the present invention is (differentiation suppression and / or proliferation promotion), (treatment or prevention of cell damage), (preservation or culture of cells), etc. It is to be understood that any described embodiment can be employed.
- the cells contained in the therapeutic agent or progression preventive agent of the present invention have a higher cell density and / or undifferentiated than normal cells present in the natural state. Exist as a population containing more cells. Since a therapeutic agent or a prophylactic agent containing such a cell could not be produced conventionally, the present invention is able to treat a disease or disorder (for example, blistering) that could not be treated or prevented conventionally.
- Corneal endothelial diseases such as, but not limited to, keratopathy and Fuchs corneal endothelial degeneration, etc. are highly clinically useful in that they can be treated.
- the therapeutic agent or prophylactic agent of the present invention can be produced by culturing cells such as corneal endothelial cells using the differentiation inhibiting and / or proliferation promoting agent of the present invention.
- factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, etc. described in another aspect of the present invention
- factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin or the like
- the proliferation ability or differentiation level can be determined using differentiation markers such as Ki-67 and BrdU as an index. Determination of proliferative capacity or differentiation level is described in detail elsewhere herein.
- a method for producing a therapeutic agent or a prophylactic agent comprising the following steps: (A) a step of providing cells such as corneal endothelial cells; (B) differentiation inhibition and / or the present invention. A step of contacting the cell with a growth promoting agent; and a step of culturing the cell contacted in the steps (C) and (B).
- factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 described in another aspect of the present invention
- factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin or
- a step of determining proliferation ability or differentiation level using a known differentiation marker such as Ki-67 or BrdU as an index and selecting a cell having high differentiation ability / proliferation ability may be included.
- the step of administering the differentiation inhibiting and / or growth promoting agent of the present invention to a subject in need of treatment or the step of administering the therapeutic agent or progression preventing agent of the present invention to a subject in need of treatment.
- a method of treating or preventing corneal endothelial disease, disorder, or condition is provided. Since the step of administering the therapeutic agent or the prophylactic agent of the present invention to a subject in need of treatment is an act of administering a drug containing cells, it may be referred to as transplantation.
- a corneal endothelial disease, disorder, or condition can be prevented and / or treated by the administered or transplanted cells healing or repairing damage to the corneal endothelium.
- cells that can contain corneal endothelial cells can be obtained from mammals including humans, preferably from individuals themselves undergoing transplantation or aborted fetuses.
- the present invention relates to corneal endothelial cells comprising GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin.
- GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin.
- a marker for identifying a cell having a high proliferation ability and / or a differentiation ability is provided.
- GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and other hedgehog pathway factors, and LRP6, ⁇ -catenin and other Wnt pathway factors are present in vivo, and have high proliferative cells and / or differentiation potential. It has been found in the present invention that it can be used as an indicator marker.
- the cell having a high proliferation ability targeted by the present invention is an undifferentiated cell.
- the high proliferative cell targeted by the present invention is a stem cell.
- the corneal endothelial cell targeted by the present invention is a human cell.
- the proliferation ability of corneal endothelial cells targeted by the present invention is identified by a feature selected from the group consisting of colony forming ability, Ki-67 positive and BrdU positive.
- the expression of factors of the hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or SHH (gene), PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 is a highly proliferative cell and / or an index of differentiation ability among corneal endothelial cells. Therefore, according to the present invention, by detecting the expression of GPR49 / LGR5 and / or SHH, cells having high proliferation ability (undifferentiated cells, progenitor cells, stem cells, etc.) and / or differentiation ability among corneal endothelial cells can be obtained. Can be detected or selected.
- Wnt pathway factors of the Wnt pathway such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin are an indicator of corneal endothelial cells having low proliferation ability and / or differentiation ability. Therefore, according to the present invention, by detecting the expression of Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin, cells with low proliferative ability among corneal endothelial cells (relative to non-differentiated cells, progenitor cells or stem cells) Cells with advanced differentiation) and / or low differentiation ability can be detected or selected.
- Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin
- Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin
- Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin
- cells having high proliferative ability undifferentiated cells, progenitor cells, stem cells, etc.
- Differentiation potential can be detected or selected.
- the present invention binds to GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as Sonic hedgehog (SHH), PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin or
- GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as Sonic hedgehog (SHH), PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin
- hedgehog pathway factors such as Sonic hedgehog (SHH), PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin
- a detection agent or diagnostic agent for identifying cells having high proliferation ability and / or differentiation ability among corneal endothelial cells, which contain an interacting substance.
- the substance binding is preferably specific.
- Such a detection agent or diagnostic agent binds to a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or Sonic hedgehog (SHH), PTCH1, GLI1, or GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6 or ⁇ -catenin.
- a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or Sonic hedgehog (SHH), PTCH1, GLI1, or GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6 or ⁇ -catenin.
- any substance may be used.
- antibodies of these factors or fragments or functional equivalents thereof, or encoding these factors may be used. Examples include, but are not limited to, nucleic acid primers or probes for the nucleic acid to be processed.
- the detection agent or diagnostic agent of the present invention can be used as a detection kit or a diagnostic kit.
- the highly proliferative cell targeted for detection or diagnosis by the present invention is an undifferentiated cell.
- the highly proliferative cell targeted for detection or diagnosis by the present invention is a stem cell.
- the corneal endothelial cell targeted for detection or diagnosis by the present invention is a human cell.
- the ability of the corneal endothelial cells to be detected or diagnosed by the present invention is identified by a feature selected from the group consisting of colony forming ability, Ki-67 positive and BrdU positive.
- the detection agent of the present invention may be a complex or a complex molecule in which another substance (for example, a label or the like) is bound to a detectable moiety (for example, an antibody or the like).
- a detectable moiety for example, an antibody or the like.
- complex or “complex molecule” means any construct comprising two or more moieties.
- the other part may be a polypeptide or other substance (eg, sugar, lipid, nucleic acid, other hydrocarbon, etc.).
- two or more parts constituting the complex may be bonded by a covalent bond, or bonded by other bonds (for example, hydrogen bond, ionic bond, hydrophobic interaction, van der Waals force, etc.). May be.
- the “complex” includes a molecule formed by linking a plurality of molecules such as a polypeptide, a polynucleotide, a lipid, a sugar, and a small molecule.
- interaction refers to two substances, and forces (for example, intermolecular force (van der Waals force), hydrogen bond, hydrophobic interaction between one substance and the other substance. Etc.). Usually, two interacting substances are in an associated or bound state.
- bond means a physical or chemical interaction between two substances or a combination thereof. Bonds include ionic bonds, non-ionic bonds, hydrogen bonds, van der Waals bonds, hydrophobic interactions, and the like.
- a physical interaction (binding) can be direct or indirect, where indirect is through or due to the effect of another protein or compound. Direct binding refers to an interaction that does not occur through or due to the effects of another protein or compound and does not involve other substantial chemical intermediates.
- a “factor” (or drug, detection agent, etc.) that interacts (or binds) “specifically” to a biological agent such as a polynucleotide or a polypeptide is defined as that
- the affinity for a biological agent such as a nucleotide or polypeptide thereof is typically equal or greater than the affinity for other unrelated (especially less than 30% identity) polynucleotides or polypeptides. Includes those that are high or preferably significantly (eg, statistically significant). Such affinity can be measured, for example, by hybridization assays, binding assays, and the like.
- a first substance or factor interacts (or binds) “specifically” to a second substance or factor means that the first substance or factor has a relationship to the second substance or factor. Interact (or bind) with a higher affinity than a substance or factor other than the second substance or factor (especially other substances or factors present in the sample containing the second substance or factor) That means. Specific interactions (or bindings) for a substance or factor involve both nucleic acids and proteins, for example, ligand-receptor reactions, hybridization in nucleic acids, antigen-antibody reactions in proteins, enzyme-substrate reactions, etc.
- Examples include, but are not limited to, a protein-lipid interaction, a nucleic acid-lipid interaction, and the like, such as a reaction between a transcription factor and a binding site of the transcription factor.
- a substance or factor is a nucleic acid
- the first substance or factor “specifically interacts” with the second substance or factor means that the first substance or factor has the second substance Or having at least a part of complementarity to the factor.
- both substances or factors are proteins
- the fact that the first substance or factor interacts (or binds) “specifically” to the second substance or factor is, for example, by antigen-antibody reaction Examples include, but are not limited to, interactions by receptor-ligand reactions, enzyme-substrate interactions, and the like.
- the first substance or factor interacts (or binds) “specifically” to the second substance or factor by the transcription factor and its Interaction (or binding) between the transcription factor and the binding region of the nucleic acid molecule of interest is included.
- detection or “quantification” of polynucleotide or polypeptide expression uses suitable methods, including, for example, mRNA measurement and immunoassay methods, including binding or interaction with marker detection agents. Can be achieved.
- molecular biological measurement methods include Northern blotting, dot blotting, and PCR.
- immunological measurement methods include ELISA using a microtiter plate, RIA, fluorescent antibody method, luminescence immunoassay (LIA), immunoprecipitation (IP), immunodiffusion method (SRID), immunization. Examples are turbidimetry (TIA), Western blotting, immunohistochemical staining, and the like.
- the quantitative method include an ELISA method and an RIA method.
- DNA array e.g, DNA array, protein array
- DNA array has been widely outlined in (edited by Shujunsha, separate volume of cell engineering "DNA microarray and the latest PCR method”).
- protein arrays see Nat Genet. 2002 Dec; 32 Suppl: 526-532.
- gene expression analysis methods include, but are not limited to, RT-PCR, RACE method, SSCP method, immunoprecipitation method, two-hybrid system, in vitro translation and the like.
- expression level refers to the amount of polypeptide or mRNA expressed in a target cell, tissue or the like. Such expression level is evaluated by any appropriate method including immunoassay methods such as ELISA method, RIA method, fluorescent antibody method, Western blot method, and immunohistochemical staining method using the antibody of the present invention. The amount of expression of the polypeptide of the present invention at the protein level, or the polypeptide used in the present invention evaluated by any suitable method including molecular biological measurement methods such as Northern blotting, dot blotting, and PCR. The expression level of the peptide at the mRNA level can be mentioned.
- “Change in expression level” means expression at the protein level or mRNA level of the polypeptide used in the present invention evaluated by any appropriate method including the above immunological measurement method or molecular biological measurement method. Means that the amount increases or decreases. By measuring the expression level of a certain marker, various detection or diagnosis based on the marker can be performed.
- “decrease” or “suppression” or synonyms for activity, expression products (eg, proteins, transcripts (RNA, etc.)) or a synonym is a decrease in the quantity, quality or effect of a particular activity, transcript or protein. Or activity to decrease.
- an expression product eg, a protein, transcript (such as RNA)
- a synonym thereof refers to a quantity, quality or effect of a particular activity, transcript or protein.
- a drug that regulates the differentiation of eye cells can be detected and screened using the regulatory ability such as reduction, inhibition, increase or activation of the marker of the present invention as an index.
- antibody broadly refers to polyclonal antibodies, monoclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies, chimeric antibodies, and anti-idiotype antibodies, and fragments thereof such as Fv fragments, Fab ′ fragments, F (ab ′). 2 and Fab fragments, as well as other recombinantly produced conjugates or functional equivalents (eg, chimeric, humanized, multifunctional, bispecific or oligospecific antibodies, single chain Antibody, scFV, diabody, sc (Fv) 2 (single chain (Fv) 2 ), scFv-Fc).
- such antibodies may be covalently linked or recombinantly fused to enzymes such as alkaline phosphatase, horseradish peroxidase, alpha galactosidase, and the like.
- the anti-GPR49 / LGR5 antibody and Sonic hedgehog (SHH) antibody used in the present invention may be bound to GPR49 / LGR5 and Sonic hedgehog (SHH) proteins, respectively, and the origin, type, and shape thereof are not limited.
- known antibodies such as non-human animal antibodies (eg, mouse antibodies, rat antibodies, camel antibodies), human antibodies, chimeric antibodies, and humanized antibodies can be used.
- monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies can be used as antibodies, but monoclonal antibodies are preferred. Binding of antibodies to specific proteins of GPR49 / LGR5, Sonic hedgehog (SHH), hedgehog pathway factors such as PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin is specific binding. It is preferable.
- antigen refers to any substrate that can be specifically bound by an antibody molecule.
- immunogen refers to an antigen capable of initiating lymphocyte activation that produces an antigen-specific immune response.
- epitope or “antigenic determinant” refers to a site in an antigen molecule to which an antibody or lymphocyte receptor binds. Methods for determining epitopes are well known in the art, and such epitopes can be determined by those skilled in the art using such well known techniques once the primary sequence of the nucleic acid or amino acid is provided.
- “means” refers to any tool that can achieve a certain purpose (for example, detection, diagnosis, treatment).
- selective recognition means A means by which one object can be recognized differently from another.
- the antibody used in the present invention may be a polyclonal antibody or a monoclonal antibody.
- ligand refers to a substance that specifically binds to a certain protein. Examples of the ligand include lectins, antigens, antibodies, hormones, neurotransmitters, and the like that specifically bind to various receptor protein molecules present on the cell membrane.
- the detection agent, diagnostic agent or other medicine of the present invention can take the form of probes and primers.
- Probes and primers of the present invention are specific to factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, Rspondins, Sonic hedgehog (SHH), PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin. Can be hybridized.
- factors of the hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, Sonic hedgehog (SHH), PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and / or factors of the Wnt pathway such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin It is an index of proliferation ability in endothelial cells, and is useful as an index of differentiation state.
- the probe and primer according to the present invention can be used to identify cells having high proliferation ability and / or differentiation ability among corneal endothelial cells.
- the probe and primer of the present invention are factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, Sonic hedgehog (SHH), PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin. It may be a polymer comprising a plurality of bases or base pairs such as deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or ribonucleic acid (RNA). Double stranded cDNA is also known to be available for tissue in situ hybridization, and probes and primers of the invention include such double stranded cDNA. As a particularly preferred probe and primer for detecting RNA in tissue, an RNA probe (riboprobe) can be mentioned.
- nucleic acid primer refers to a substance necessary for the initiation of a reaction of a polymer compound to be synthesized in a polymer synthase reaction.
- a nucleic acid molecule for example, DNA or RNA
- the primer can be used as a marker detection means.
- Nucleic acid sequences used as probes are nucleic acid sequences that are at least 70% homologous, more preferably at least 80% homologous, more preferably at least 90% homologous, at least 95% homologous to the sequences described above. Is included.
- a sequence suitable as a primer may vary depending on the nature of the sequence intended for synthesis (amplification), but those skilled in the art can appropriately design a primer according to the intended sequence. Such primer design is well known in the art, and may be performed manually or using a computer program (eg, LASERGENE, PrimerSelect, DNAStar).
- the primer according to the present invention can also be used as a primer set composed of two or more kinds of the primers.
- the primer and primer set according to the present invention are prepared by a conventional method in a known method for detecting a target gene using a nucleic acid amplification method such as a PCR method, an RT-PCR method, a real-time PCR method, an in situ PCR method, or a LAMP method. It can be used as a primer and a primer set.
- a nucleic acid amplification method such as a PCR method, an RT-PCR method, a real-time PCR method, an in situ PCR method, or a LAMP method. It can be used as a primer and a primer set.
- the primer set according to the present invention is used for GPR49 / LGR5, R-spondins, Sonic hedgehog (SHH), hedgehog pathway factors such as PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin.
- the nucleotide sequence of the protein can be selected so that it can be amplified by a nucleic acid amplification method such as a PCR method. Nucleic acid amplification methods are well known, and selection of primer pairs in nucleic acid amplification methods is obvious to those skilled in the art.
- one of two primers is a factor of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, R-spondins, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or LRP6, ⁇ -catenin, etc.
- Pairs with the plus strand of the double-stranded DNA of the protein of interest such as a factor of the Wnt pathway, the other primer pairs with the minus strand of the double-stranded DNA, and the other with the extended strand extended by one primer Primers can be selected such that these primers are paired.
- the primer of the present invention can be chemically synthesized based on the nucleotide sequence disclosed herein. Preparation of the primer is well known, for example, "Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual 2 nd ed.” (Cold Spring Harbor Press (1989)), “Current Protocols in Molecular Biology” (John Wiley & Sons (1987-1997)) Can be implemented according to
- the term “probe” refers to a substance that serves as a search means used in biological experiments such as screening in vitro and / or in vivo.
- a nucleic acid molecule containing a specific base sequence or a specific Examples include, but are not limited to, peptides containing amino acid sequences, specific antibodies or fragments thereof.
- the probe is used as a marker detection means.
- Nucleic acid sequences used as probes are nucleic acid sequences that are at least 70% homologous, more preferably at least 80% homologous, more preferably at least 90% homologous, at least 95% homologous to the sequences described above. Is included.
- the detection agent of the present invention may be labeled.
- the detection agent of the present invention may have a tag bound thereto.
- the “label” refers to a presence (for example, a substance, energy, electromagnetic wave, etc.) for distinguishing a target molecule or substance from others.
- a labeling method include RI (radioisotope) method, fluorescence method, biotin method, chemiluminescence method and the like.
- the labeling is performed with fluorescent substances having different fluorescence emission maximum wavelengths. The difference in the maximum fluorescence emission wavelength is preferably 10 nm or more.
- Alexa TM Fluor is preferred as the fluorescent substance.
- Alexa TM Fluor is a water-soluble fluorescent dye obtained by modifying coumarin, rhodamine, fluorescein, cyanine, etc., and is a series corresponding to a wide range of fluorescent wavelengths. Stable, bright and low pH sensitive. Examples of combinations of fluorescent dyes having a fluorescence maximum wavelength of 10 nm or more include a combination of Alexa TM 555 and Alexa TM 633, a combination of Alexa TM 488 and Alexa TM 555, and the like. Any nucleic acid can be used as long as it can bind to its base moiety.
- cyanine dyes eg, CyDye TM series Cy3, Cy5, etc.
- rhodamine 6G reagent 2-acetylaminofluorene ( AAF), AAIF (iodine derivative of AAF) and the like
- the fluorescent substance having a fluorescence emission maximum wavelength difference of 10 nm or more include a combination of Cy5 and rhodamine 6G reagent, a combination of Cy3 and fluorescein, a combination of rhodamine 6G reagent and fluorescein, and the like.
- the target object by using such a label, the target object can be modified so that it can be detected by the detection means used. Such modifications are known in the art, and those skilled in the art can appropriately carry out such methods depending on the label and the target object.
- a “tag” is a substance for sorting molecules by a specific recognition mechanism such as a receptor-ligand, more specifically, a binding for binding a specific substance.
- a substance that plays the role of a partner for example, having a relationship such as biotin-avidin, biotin-streptavidin
- label can be included in the category of “label”.
- a specific substance to which a tag is bound can be selected by bringing the substrate to which the binding partner of the tag sequence is bound into contact.
- tags or labels are well known in the art.
- Representative tag sequences include, but are not limited to, myc tag, His tag, HA, Avi tag and the like. Such a tag may be bound to the marker or marker detection agent of the present invention.
- the present invention relates to a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or Sonic hedgehog (SHH), PTCH1, GLI1, or GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6 or ⁇ -catenin.
- a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or Sonic hedgehog (SHH), PTCH1, GLI1, or GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6 or ⁇ -catenin.
- a method for using as an index for identifying cells having high proliferation ability among endothelial cells / or differentiation ability or a method for detecting or diagnosing cells having high proliferation ability among corneal endothelial cells / or differentiation ability.
- a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, or GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6 or ⁇ -catenin is added to the proliferative ability of corneal endothelial cells.
- GPR49 / LGR5 and / or factors of hedgehog pathway such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and / or Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin It can be carried out by performing a step of detecting factors or genes of these factors in vivo.
- factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or Sonic hedgehog (SHH), PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin or genes of these factors
- SHH Sonic hedgehog
- PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and / or factors of Wnt pathway
- LRP6, ⁇ -catenin or genes of these factors
- a detection agent containing a substance that binds to can be used.
- detection agents are described herein, and based on the description, it is understood that those skilled in the art can implement the method of the present invention.
- the detection agent or diagnostic agent of the present invention is brought into contact with a target sample, and the target target GPR49 / LGR5 and / or Sonic hedgehog (SHH), PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 Hedgehog pathway factors such as and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin or the presence or level or amount of genes for these factors are determined.
- SHH Sonic hedgehog
- contacting refers to a polypeptide that can function as a marker, a detection agent, a diagnostic agent, a ligand, and the like of the present invention either directly or indirectly. It means physical proximity to the polynucleotide.
- the polypeptide or polynucleotide can be present in many buffers, salts, solutions, and the like. Contact includes placing the compound in, for example, a beaker, microtiter plate, cell culture flask or microarray (eg, gene chip) containing a polypeptide encoding a nucleic acid molecule or fragment thereof.
- the high proliferative cell targeted in the method of the present invention is an undifferentiated cell.
- the highly proliferative cell targeted in the method of the present invention is a stem cell.
- the corneal endothelial cell targeted in the method of the present invention is a human cell.
- the proliferation ability of the corneal endothelial cells targeted in the method of the present invention is identified by a feature selected from the group consisting of colony forming ability, Ki-67 positive and BrdU positive.
- a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin or genes of these factors Is a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin or a factor of these factors in a test sample (eg, a cell, etc.)
- the method is not particularly limited as long as it can detect gene expression, and examples thereof include a hybridization method, a nucleic acid amplification method, and an antigen-antibody reaction method.
- the “test sample” may be a sample considered to contain a corneal endothelial cell, a target cell, or a substance derived therefrom that enables gene expression. Isolated cells can be used.
- the cells of the corneal endothelium can be obtained by a known method (Koizumi N, Okumura N, Kinoshita S., Experimental Eye Research. 2012; 95: 60-7.).
- cells obtained from donors of corneal endothelium, corneal endothelial cells and the like can be used as test cell samples.
- cultured cells containing corneal endothelial cells induced to differentiate in vitro can be used as samples.
- Differentiation induction into corneal endothelial cells in vitro is carried out using known ES cells, iPS cells, bone marrow stromal cells and the like as starting materials, and differentiation using known methods, for example, AMED method ⁇ Ueno M, Matsumura M , Watanabe K, Nakamura T, Osakada F, Takahashi M, Kawasaki H, Kinoshita S, Sasai Y :, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 103 (25): 9554-9559, 2006. Etc.> can be performed.
- the probe according to the invention is hybridized with a nucleic acid sample (mRNA or a transcript thereof) and the hybridization complex, ie the nucleotide duplex, is detected directly or indirectly.
- the expression of GPR49 / LGR5 in the cell sample can be detected.
- Detection of GPR49 / LGR5 and / or factors of hedgehog pathway such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin or gene expression of these factors using a hybridization method can be performed, for example, by: (a) contacting a polynucleotide derived from a test sample with a probe according to the present invention; and (b) detecting a hybridization complex.
- mRNA prepared from the target test sample or complementary DNA (cDNA) transcribed from the mRNA can be brought into contact with the probe as a polynucleotide derived from the test cell sample.
- the probe can be labeled and used.
- the label for example, radioactive activity (for example, 32 P, 14 C, and 35 S), fluorescence (for example, FITC, europium), enzymatic reaction such as chemical color development (for example, peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase), etc. were utilized.
- a label can be mentioned.
- the detection of the hybridization product can be performed using a well-known method such as Northern hybridization, Southern hybridization, colony hybridization and the like.
- Cells in which hybridization complexes are detected express GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin Since it is a cell, it can be determined that the cell has a high proliferation ability (such as an undifferentiated cell, a progenitor cell or a stem cell) and / or has a high differentiation ability.
- GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin Since it is a cell, it can be determined that the cell has a high proliferation ability (such as an undifferentiated cell, a progenitor cell or a stem cell) and / or has a high differentiation ability.
- a nucleic acid sample (mRNA or a transcription product thereof) is amplified by a nucleic acid amplification method using the primer or primer set according to the invention, and the amplification product is detected, whereby in the sample Expression of GPR49 / LGR5 and / or factors of hedgehog pathway such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin or genes of these factors can be detected.
- hedgehog pathway such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2
- Wnt pathway such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin or genes of these factors
- Detection of GPR49 / LGR5 and / or factors of hedgehog pathway such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin or gene expression of these factors using nucleic acid amplification method For example, (i) performing a nucleic acid amplification method using a polynucleotide derived from a test sample as a template and using a primer or primer set according to the present invention; and (ii) detecting a formed amplification product. can do.
- step (i) mRNA prepared from the target test sample or complementary DNA (cDNA) transcribed from the mRNA can be used as a template.
- Detection of the amplification product can be performed using a nucleic acid amplification method such as a PCR method, an RT-PCR method, a real-time PCR method, or a LAMP method. Since the cell in which the amplification product is detected is a cell expressing GPR49 / LGR5, it is determined that the cell has high proliferation ability (undifferentiated cell, progenitor cell, stem cell, etc.) and / or high differentiation ability. can do.
- Expression of factors of the Hog pathway and / or factors of the Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin can be detected.
- Detection of expression of factors of GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin using antigen-antibody reaction is performed by, for example, the following steps: And (I) a step of contacting a protein derived from a test cell sample with an antibody according to the present invention; and (II) a step of measuring an antigen-antibody complex. Methods for detecting antigen-antibody reactions are well known to those skilled in the art. For example, GPR49 / LGR5 protein and / or SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, etc.
- Immunological methods include cell tissue samples that have been appropriately treated, such as cell separation and extraction procedures, immunohistochemical staining, enzyme immunoassay, western blotting, agglutination, competition, etc. A known method such as a method or a sandwich method can be applied.
- the immunohistochemical staining method can be performed by, for example, a direct method using a labeled antibody, an indirect method using a labeled antibody against the antibody, or the like.
- labeling agent known labeling substances such as fluorescent substances, radioactive substances, enzymes, metals, and dyes can be used.
- Cells in which antigen-antibody complexes are detected express GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin Since it is a cell, it can be determined that the cell has a high proliferation ability (such as an undifferentiated cell, a progenitor cell or a stem cell) and / or has a high differentiation ability.
- GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin Since it is a cell, it can be determined that the cell has a high proliferation ability (such as an undifferentiated cell, a progenitor cell or a stem cell) and / or has a high differentiation ability.
- corneal endothelium such as bullous keratopathy, corneal edema, corneal vitiligo, in particular corneal dystrophy, corneal endothelial disorders resulting from trauma or intraocular surgery, or other specific corneal endothelial diseases (Fuchs)
- corneal endothelial degeneration posterior polymorphic corneal endothelial degeneration, etc.
- cells with high proliferation ability desirably have high purity.
- the detection steps described above can be performed not only once, but also by repeating or combining the steps, thereby improving the accuracy of detection or selection of cells with high proliferation / differentiation potential. Therefore, when such an embodiment is adopted, according to the detection method of the present invention, cells having high proliferation ability / differentiation ability can be detected or selected with higher accuracy by performing the above steps twice or more. Can do.
- marker genes preferably GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin
- a marker gene for example, Ki-67 and BrdU
- the accuracy of detection or selection of cells with high proliferation / differentiation potential can be increased.
- diagnosis refers to identifying various parameters related to a disease, disorder, or condition in a subject and determining the current state or future of such a disease, disorder, or condition.
- conditions within the body can be examined, and such information can be used to formulate a disease, disorder, condition, treatment to be administered or prevention in a subject.
- various parameters such as methods can be selected.
- diagnosis in a narrow sense means diagnosis of the current state, but in a broad sense includes “early diagnosis”, “predictive diagnosis”, “preliminary diagnosis”, and the like.
- the diagnostic method of the present invention is industrially useful because, in principle, the diagnostic method of the present invention can be used from the body and can be performed away from the hands of medical personnel such as doctors.
- diagnosis, prior diagnosis or diagnosis may be referred to as “support”.
- the prescription procedure as a medicine such as the diagnostic agent of the present invention is known in the art, and is described in, for example, the Japanese Pharmacopoeia, the US Pharmacopoeia, the pharmacopoeia of other countries, and the like. Thus, one skilled in the art can determine the amount to be used without undue experimentation as described herein.
- the antibody used in the present invention can be produced as follows.
- Antibodies used in the present invention for example, anti-GPR49 / LGR5 antibodies, antibodies against hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and antibodies against Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin
- a monoclonal antibody derived from a mammal is particularly preferable.
- Mammal-derived monoclonal antibodies include those produced by hybridomas and those produced by hosts transformed with expression vectors containing antibody genes by genetic engineering techniques.
- Monoclonal antibodies are prepared by hybridizing cell lines between antibody-producing cells obtained from animals immunized with antigen and myeloma cells, and GPR49 / LGR5, R-spondins, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, etc. are prepared from the resulting hybridomas.
- GPR49 / LGR5, R-spondins, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, etc. are prepared from the resulting hybridomas.
- GPR49 / LGR5, R-spondins, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and other hedgehog pathway factors used as antigens for animal immunization and / or mature forms such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin and other Wnt pathway factors The entire amino acid sequence of a protein or a fragment having immunogenicity can be used as an immunogen.
- a monoclonal antibody for specifically detecting a protein present on the cell surface it is preferable to use a peptide consisting of any 10 or more amino acids in the amino acid sequence of the marker protein of the present invention as an antigen.
- Any other factor of the present invention eg, factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, R-spondins, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin, etc.
- Antigens can be similarly designed for proteins corresponding to these.
- Add adjuvant examples include Freund's complete adjuvant and Freund's incomplete adjuvant, and any of these may be mixed.
- the antigen obtained as described above is administered to mammals such as mammals such as mice, rats, horses, monkeys, rabbits, goats and sheep. Any method can be used for immunization as long as it is an existing method, but it is mainly carried out by intravenous injection, subcutaneous injection, intraperitoneal injection or the like. Immunization intervals are not particularly limited, and immunization is performed at intervals of several days to several weeks, preferably at intervals of 4 to 21 days.
- antibody-producing cells 2-3 days after the last immunization.
- antibody-producing cells include spleen cells, lymph node cells, and peripheral blood cells.
- spleen cells are used.
- 100 ⁇ g of antigen is used per mouse at a time.
- Monoclonal antibody-producing hybridomas can be basically produced using known techniques as follows.
- a target protein for example, a protein such as a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, or GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6 or ⁇ -catenin
- a target protein for example, a protein such as a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, or GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6 or ⁇ -catenin
- Immune cells obtained from an immunized animal are fused with a known parent cell by a conventional cell fusion method to obtain a hybridoma.
- a hybridoma that produces the target antibody can be selected by screening cells that produce the target antibody by an ordinary screening method.
- antibodies are obtained by expressing a target gene (such as GPR49 / LGR5 gene, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and other hedgehog pathway factors and / or WRP pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin).
- a target gene such as GPR49 / LGR5 gene, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and other hedgehog pathway factors and / or WRP pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin.
- WRP pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin
- the base sequence of the gene of interest is disclosed elsewhere in this specification (for example, NCBI registration number NM_003667.2 (SEQ ID NO: 1), NM_000193 (SEQ ID NO: 11), etc.)
- a gene sequence encoding the target gene is inserted into a known expression vector to transform an appropriate host cell, and then the target protein can be purified from the host cell or culture supernatant by a known method.
- a purified natural protein can also be used in the same manner, and as used in the present invention, a fusion protein obtained by fusing a desired partial polypeptide of a target protein with a different polypeptide can be used as an immunogen.
- an antibody Fc fragment or peptide tag can be used.
- a vector that expresses a fusion protein is prepared by fusing genes encoding two or more desired polypeptide fragments in-frame and inserting the fusion gene into an expression vector.
- a method for producing a fusion protein is described in Molecular Cloning 2nd ed. (Sambrook, J et al., Molecular Cloning 2nd ed., 9.47-9.58, Cold Spring Harbor Lab. Press, 1989). .
- Proteins of interest purified in this way eg, proteins such as factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin
- It can be used as a sensitizing antigen used for immunization against mammals.
- a partial peptide of the protein of interest can also be used as a sensitizing antigen.
- a protein of interest a protein such as a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as human GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, or GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6 or ⁇ -catenin
- genes of interest factors of hedgehog pathway such as human GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin
- a target protein human GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, etc.
- Protein protein
- the Wnt pathway peptides obtained by decomposing by proteolytic enzymes can be sensitizing antigen.
- the region and size of a protein used as a partial peptide are not limited.
- the amino acid sequence constituting the extracellular domain of GPR49 / LGR5 (positions 1-556, 615-637, 704-722, and 792 in the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2) -800th) can be selected.
- the number of amino acids constituting the peptide to be sensitized antigen is preferably at least 3 or more, for example, 5 or more, or 6 or more. More specifically, a peptide having 8 to 50, preferably 10 to 30 residues can be used as the sensitizing antigen.
- hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin
- sequences described herein for example, SEQ ID NOs: 12, 44, 46 , 48, 50, 52, etc.
- an appropriate peptide can be similarly used as a sensitizing antigen.
- the mammal immunized with the sensitizing antigen is not particularly limited.
- an immunized animal in consideration of compatibility with a parent cell used for cell fusion.
- rodent animals are preferred as immunized animals. Specifically, mice, rats, hamsters, or rabbits can be used as immunized animals.
- monkeys and the like can be used as immunized animals.
- the above animals can be immunized with a sensitizing antigen.
- mammals can be immunized by injecting a sensitizing antigen intraperitoneally or subcutaneously. Specifically, the sensitizing antigen is administered to mammals several times every 4 to 21 days.
- the sensitizing antigen is diluted with PBS (Phosphate-Buffered Saline) or physiological saline at an appropriate dilution ratio and used for immunization.
- a sensitizing antigen can be administered with an adjuvant. For example, it can be mixed with Freund's complete adjuvant and emulsified to give a sensitizing antigen.
- An appropriate carrier can be used for immunization with the sensitizing antigen.
- a partial peptide having a small molecular weight is used as a sensitizing antigen, it is desirable to immunize the sensitizing antigen peptide by binding it to a carrier protein such as albumin or keyhole limpet hemocyanin.
- DNA immunization refers to immunization by administering a vector DNA constructed in such a manner that a gene encoding an antigen protein can be expressed in the immunized animal, and expressing the immunizing antigen in the body of the immunized animal. It is a method of giving a stimulus.
- a target protein for example, factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or Wnt such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin, etc.
- DNA expressing a route factor or the like is administered to an immunized animal.
- a DNA encoding a target protein for example, factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin
- PCR DNA encoding a target protein (for example, factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin) is known as PCR. It can be synthesized by the method.
- the obtained DNA is inserted into an appropriate expression vector and administered to an immunized animal.
- an expression vector for example, a commercially available expression vector such as pcDNA3.1 can be used.
- a method of administering the vector to a living body a generally used method can be used.
- DNA immunization can be performed by implanting gold particles adsorbed with an expression vector into a cell with a gene gun.
- immune cells are collected from the mammal and subjected to cell fusion.
- spleen cells can be used.
- Mammalian myeloma cells are used as cells to be fused with the above immune cells.
- the myeloma cell is preferably provided with an appropriate selection marker for screening.
- a selectable marker refers to a trait that can (or cannot) survive under certain culture conditions.
- Known selection markers include hypoxanthine-guanine-phosphoribosyltransferase deficiency (hereinafter abbreviated as HGPRT deficiency) or thymidine kinase deficiency (hereinafter abbreviated as TK deficiency).
- HGPRT deficiency hypoxanthine-guanine-phosphoribosyltransferase deficiency
- TK deficiency thymidine kinase deficiency
- Cells having HGPRT or TK deficiency have hypoxanthine-aminopterin-thymidine sensitivity (hereinafter abbreviated as HAT sensitivity).
- HGPRT-deficient and TK-deficient cells can be selected in a medium containing 6-thioguanine, 8-azaguanine (hereinafter abbreviated as 8AG), or 5 'bromodeoxyuridine, respectively.
- 8AG 8-azaguanine
- 5 'bromodeoxyuridine normal cells die because they incorporate these pyrimidine analogs into the DNA, but cells deficient in these enzymes cannot survive these pyrimidine analogs and can survive in selective media.
- a selectable marker called G418 resistance confers resistance to 2-deoxystreptamine antibiotics (gentamicin analogs) with a neomycin resistance gene.
- Various myeloma cells suitable for cell fusion are known. Basically, a known method such as Koehler G. and Milstein C. , Methods Enzymol.
- cell fusion between immune cells and myeloma cells is performed. More specifically, for example, cell fusion can be carried out in a normal nutrient culture medium in the presence of a cell fusion promoter.
- a cell fusion promoter for example, polyethylene glycol (PEG), Sendai virus (HVJ) or the like can be used.
- an auxiliary agent such as dimethyl sulfoxide can be added as desired in order to increase the fusion efficiency.
- the usage ratio of immune cells and myeloma cells can be set arbitrarily. For example, the number of immune cells is preferably 1 to 10 times that of myeloma cells.
- RPMI1640 culture solution suitable for growth of myeloma cell lines for example, RPMI1640 culture solution suitable for growth of myeloma cell lines, MEM culture solution, and other normal culture solutions used for this type of cell culture can be used.
- serum supplements such as fetal calf serum (FCS) can be added to the culture medium.
- FCS fetal calf serum
- a predetermined amount of immune cells and myeloma cells are mixed well in a culture solution, and a target PEG (hybridoma) is formed by mixing a PEG solution preheated to about 37 ° C.
- PEG having an average molecular weight of about 1000 to 6000 can be usually added at a concentration of 30% (w / v) to 60% (w / v).
- cell fusion agents and the like that are undesirable for the growth of hybridomas are removed by sequentially adding the appropriate culture medium listed above, and then centrifuging to remove the supernatant.
- the hybridoma obtained in this manner can be selected by using a selective culture solution corresponding to the selection marker possessed by the myeloma used for cell fusion.
- a selective culture solution corresponding to the selection marker possessed by the myeloma used for cell fusion.
- cells having HGPRT or TK deficiency can be selected by culturing in a HAT culture solution (a culture solution containing hypoxanthine, aminopterin and thymidine). That is, when HAT-sensitive myeloma cells are used for cell fusion, cells that have succeeded in cell fusion with normal cells can be selectively proliferated in the HAT culture solution.
- the culture using the HAT culture solution is continued for a time sufficient for cells other than the target hybridoma (non-fused cells) to die.
- the target hybridoma can be selected by culturing for several days to several weeks. Subsequently, by carrying out the usual limiting dilution method, screening and single cloning of the hybridoma producing the target antibody can be performed.
- an antibody that recognizes a target protein for example, a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, or GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6 or ⁇ -catenin
- a target protein for example, a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, or GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6 or ⁇ -catenin
- WO03 / 104453 can also be used for the production.
- Screening and single cloning of the target antibody can be appropriately performed by a screening method based on a known antigen-antibody reaction.
- the antigen is bound to a carrier such as beads made of polystyrene or the like, or a commercially available 96-well microtiter plate, and reacted with the culture supernatant of the hybridoma.
- a secondary antibody labeled with an enzyme is reacted. If the culture supernatant contains an antibody of interest that reacts with the sensitizing antigen, the secondary antibody binds to the carrier via this antibody. By detecting the secondary antibody that finally binds to the carrier, it can be determined whether the antibody of interest is present in the culture supernatant.
- the antigens used for immunization include substantially homogenous factors such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2, and / or Wnt pathways such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin. Proteins such as factors can be preferably used.
- a cell line expressing a target protein for example, a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, or GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6 or ⁇ -catenin
- a target protein for example, factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin, etc.
- a partial amino acid constituting the region An oligopeptide consisting of a sequence can be used as an antigen.
- a target antibody can be obtained by sensitizing human lymphocytes with an antigen.
- human lymphocytes are first sensitized in vitro with proteins such as factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin. .
- the immunized lymphocytes are then fused with an appropriate fusion partner.
- the fusion partner for example, a myeloma cell derived from a human and having a permanent division ability can be used (see Japanese Patent Publication No.
- the anti-GPR49 / LGR5 antibody obtained by this method is a human antibody having binding activity to GPR49 / LGR5 protein.
- factors of the hedgehog pathway such as SHH, Ptch1, Gli1, and Gli2 and / or factors of the Wnt pathway such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin.
- a target protein that serves as an antigen for a transgenic animal having all repertoires of human antibody genes eg, factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or LRP6, ⁇
- a protein of interest by immunizing with a DNA constructed to express the protein of interest (eg GPR49 / LGR5) in the animal Human antibodies against for example, factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin
- Antibody-producing cells of the immunized animal can be immortalized by treatment such as cell fusion with an appropriate fusion partner or Epstein-Barr virus infection.
- a target protein for example, factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin
- WO94 / 25585, WO93 / 12227, WO92 / 03918, WO94 / 02602 Further, by cloning the immortalized cells, it is possible to clone cells that produce an antibody having the desired reaction specificity.
- a transgenic animal When a transgenic animal is used as an immunized animal, the animal's immune system recognizes the target human protein (for example, human GPR49 / LGR5) as a foreign substance. Therefore, a human antibody against a target human protein (for example, a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as human GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, or GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6 or ⁇ -catenin) can be easily obtained. Obtainable.
- a target human protein for example, human GPR49 / LGR5
- a human antibody against a target human protein for example, a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as human GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, or GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6 or ⁇ -catenin
- the hybridoma producing the monoclonal antibody thus produced can be subcultured in a normal culture solution.
- the hybridoma can also be stored for a long time in liquid nitrogen.
- the hybridoma can be cultured according to a usual method, and the target monoclonal antibody can be obtained from the culture supernatant.
- a hybridoma can be administered to a mammal compatible therewith to proliferate and a monoclonal antibody can be obtained as its ascites.
- the former method is suitable for obtaining a highly pure antibody.
- an antibody encoded by an antibody gene cloned from an antibody-producing cell can also be used.
- the cloned antibody gene can be expressed as an antibody by incorporating it into an appropriate vector and introducing it into a host. Methods for isolation of antibody genes, introduction into vectors, and transformation of host cells have already been established (eg, Vandamme, AM, et al., Eur. J. Biochem. (1990). 192, 767-775).
- an antibody against a target protein for example, a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, or GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6 or ⁇ -catenin.
- a protein of interest eg, a hedgehog pathway factor such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or a Wnt pathway factor such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin
- a hedgehog pathway factor such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or a Wnt pathway factor such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin
- An antibody that binds to a target protein is 1) An antibody comprising a V region encoded by the obtained cDNA is used as a target protein (for example, factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin) (2) a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or a factor of Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin, etc.
- a target protein for example, a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or a factor of Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin, etc.
- a method comprising a step of selecting an antibody that binds to a protein (eg, a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin).
- a protein eg, a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin.
- a method for detecting the binding between an antibody and a target protein for example, a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, or GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6 or ⁇ -catenin
- a target protein for example, a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, or GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6 or ⁇ -catenin
- a carrier eg, factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin, etc.
- the test antibody is reacted with a labeled antibody that recognizes the antibody.
- the target protein of the test antibody for example, factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or LRP6, ⁇ -catenin, etc.
- an enzyme active protein such as peroxidase or ⁇ -galactosidase, or a fluorescent substance such as FITC can be used.
- a target protein for example, factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin, etc.
- a target protein for example, factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin, etc.
- a panning method using a phage vector can also be used.
- a screening method using a phage vector is advantageous.
- a gene encoding the variable region of the heavy chain and the light chain can be converted into a single chain Fv (scFv) by linking with an appropriate linker sequence. If a gene encoding scFv is inserted into a phage vector, a phage expressing scFv on the surface can be obtained.
- the DNA encoding scFv having the target binding activity can be recovered. By repeating this operation as necessary, scFv having the target binding activity can be concentrated.
- the polynucleotide encoding the antibody may encode the full length of the antibody or may encode a part of the antibody.
- a part of an antibody refers to any part of an antibody molecule.
- antibody fragments may be used in the practice of the present invention.
- a preferable antibody fragment in the present invention includes a complementary determination region (CDR) of an antibody. More preferably, the antibody fragment of the present invention comprises all three CDRs constituting the variable region.
- an antibody of the invention comprises a protein of interest (eg, a hedgehog pathway factor such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or a Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin).
- a protein of interest eg, a hedgehog pathway factor such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or a Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin.
- a protein of interest eg, a hedgehog pathway factor such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or a Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin.
- the multivalent antibodies of the present invention include multivalent antibodies that all have the same antigen-binding site, or multivalent antibodies that have some or all different antigen-binding sites.
- the antibody of the present invention is not limited to the full-length molecule of the antibody, but is a target protein (for example, factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin). As long as it binds to a factor, etc., it may be a low molecular weight antibody or a modified product thereof.
- a target protein for example, factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5, SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin.
- the antibody titer in the blood of the immunized animal or the antibody titer in the culture supernatant of the antibody producing cell Measure.
- antibody detection methods include known techniques such as EIA (enzyme immunoassay), RIA (radioimmunoassay), ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay) and the like.
- the concentration of the marker can be accurately measured even with a sample containing a lot of contaminants.
- immunoassays include classical methods such as precipitation, agglutination, and hemolysis, which directly or indirectly measure antigen-antibody conjugates, and enzyme immunoassays (EIA) with increased detection sensitivity in combination with labeling methods. , Radioimmunoassay (RIA), fluorescent immunoassay (FIA) and the like.
- the antibody specific for the marker used in these immunoassays may be monoclonal or polyclonal.
- MALDI matrix-assisted laser desorption / ionization
- ESI electrospray ionization
- MALDI-TOF-MS combined with a time-of-flight mass spectrometer (TOF)
- TOF time-of-flight mass spectrometer
- the concentration of the marker can be measured more accurately.
- MS / MS using two mass spectrometers the marker concentration can be measured more accurately.
- the test material When measuring the marker concentration by electrophoresis, for example, the test material is subjected to SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) to separate the target marker, and the gel is stained with an appropriate dye or fluorescent substance. What is necessary is just to measure the darkness and fluorescence intensity of the band corresponding to the target marker. If the separation of the markers is insufficient by SDS-PAGE alone, two-dimensional electrophoresis combined with isoelectric focusing (IEF) can also be used. Furthermore, instead of detecting directly from the gel, Western blotting can be performed to measure the amount of marker on the membrane.
- SDS-PAGE SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis
- IEF isoelectric focusing
- a method by liquid high performance chromatography can be used. That is, the concentration of the marker in the sample can be measured by subjecting the sample to HPLC to separate the target marker and measuring the peak area of the chromatogram.
- myeloma (myeloma) cell to be fused with the antibody-producing cell a cell line derived from various animals such as mouse, rat, human and generally available to those skilled in the art is used.
- a cell line to be used a cell line having drug resistance and having the property that it cannot survive in a selective medium (for example, HAT medium) in an unfused state but can survive only in a fused state is used.
- An 8-azaguanine resistant strain is generally used, and this cell line is deficient in hypoxanthine-guanine-phosphoribosyltransferase and cannot grow in hypoxanthine / aminopterin / thymidine (HAT) medium.
- HAT hypoxanthine-guanine-phosphoribosyltransferase
- Myeloma cells are known in various known cell lines such as P3 (P3 ⁇ 63Ag8.653) (J. Immunol. (1979) 123: 1548-1550), P3 ⁇ 63Ag8U. 1 (Current Topics in Microbiology and Immunology (1978) 81: 1-7), NS-1 (Kohler, G. and Milstein, C., Eur. J. Immunol. (1976) 6: 511-519), MPC- 11 (Margulies DH et al., Cell (1976) 8: 405-415), SP2 / 0 (Shulman M. et al., Nature (1978) 276: 269-270), FO (Lazekas de St. Groth, S.
- P3 P3 ⁇ 63Ag8.653
- P3 ⁇ 63Ag8U. 1 Current Topics in Microbiology and Immunology (1978) 81:
- Antibody-producing cells can be obtained from spleen cells, lymph node cells, and the like. That is, spleen, lymph nodes, etc. are removed or collected from the various animals, and these tissues are crushed. The obtained crushed material is suspended in a medium or buffer solution such as PBS, DMEM, RPMI 1640, etc., filtered through a stainless mesh, etc., and then centrifuged to prepare the desired antibody-producing cells.
- a medium or buffer solution such as PBS, DMEM, RPMI 1640, etc.
- cell fusion is performed between the myeloma cells and antibody-producing cells.
- Cell fusion is performed by mixing myeloma cells and antibody-producing cells at a mixing ratio of 1: 1 to 1:10 in an animal cell culture medium such as MEM, DMEM, and RPME-1640 medium in the presence of a fusion promoter. It is performed by contacting at 37 ° C. for 1 to 15 minutes.
- a fusion promoter or fusion virus such as polyethylene glycol having an average molecular weight of 1,000 to 6,000, polyvinyl alcohol, or Sendai virus can be used.
- antibody-producing cells and myeloma cells can be fused using a commercially available cell fusion device utilizing electrical stimulation (for example, electroporation).
- Select the desired hybridoma from the cells after cell fusion treatment examples include a method utilizing selective growth of cells in a selective medium. That is, after the cell suspension is diluted with an appropriate medium, it is spread on a microtiter plate, a selective medium (HAT medium or the like) is added to each well, and thereafter, the selective medium is appropriately replaced and cultured. As a result, growing cells can be obtained as hybridomas.
- a selective medium HAT medium or the like
- Hybridoma screening is performed by limiting dilution, fluorescence excitation cell sorter, or the like, and finally a monoclonal antibody-producing hybridoma is obtained.
- Examples of a method for collecting a monoclonal antibody from the obtained hybridoma include a normal cell culture method and ascites formation method.
- the hybridoma is cultured in an animal cell culture medium such as RPMI-1640 medium containing 10 to 20% fetal bovine serum, MEM medium, or serum-free medium (for example, 37 ° C., 5% CO 2).
- the antibody is obtained from the culture supernatant.
- a hybridoma is administered into the abdominal cavity of an animal of the same kind as a mammal derived from myeloma cells, and the hybridoma is proliferated in large quantities. Ascites or serum is collected after 1 to 4 weeks.
- purification is performed by appropriately selecting a known method such as ammonium sulfate salting-out method, ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, or a combination thereof. To do.
- the substance contained as an antigen in the production of an antibody is preferably the full length of the target marker, but may be a partial sequence as long as it contains at least one epitope that can induce immunity.
- Epitopes can be used even if their exact location and structure are not known, but if necessary, identification of epitopes in a given protein can be easily performed using techniques well known in the art. Achieved. See, for example, Geysen et al. (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81: 3998; U.S. Pat. No. 4,708,871; and Geysen et al. (1986) Molecular Immunology 23: 709.
- Antibodies that recognize the same epitope can be identified in a simple immunoassay.
- methods for determining epitopes comprising peptides are well known in the art, and once such epitopes are provided with the primary sequence of a nucleic acid or amino acid, one skilled in the art will use such well known techniques. Can be determined.
- a sequence of at least 3 amino acids in length is required, preferably this sequence is at least 4 amino acids, more preferably at least 5 amino acids, at least 6 amino acids, at least 7 A sequence of amino acids, at least 8 amino acids, at least 9 amino acids, at least 10 amino acids, at least 15 amino acids, at least 20 amino acids, at least 25 amino acids in length may be required.
- the epitope may be linear or conformational.
- a detection kit for carrying out the detection method according to the present invention is provided.
- the detection kit according to the present invention includes a detection kit for performing the detection of the embodiment according to the present invention, specifically, GPR49 / LGR5 and / or SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2.
- a kit for detecting the expression of a factor of the hedgehog pathway such as HRP and / or a factor of the Wnt pathway such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin which comprises at least the probe according to the present invention. This probe may be labeled.
- This detection kit detects the expression of factors of GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin by hybridization.
- the detection method of the first aspect optionally further comprises various reagents for carrying out the hybridization method, such as substrate compounds, hybridization buffers, instructions, and / or instruments used for detection of the label. Can be included.
- the detection kit of this embodiment according to the present invention provides GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or LRP6, ⁇ -catenin, etc.
- a probe, primer, primer set, or antibody that can detect the expression of a differentiation marker gene other than factors of the Wnt pathway may be further included.
- These probes, primers, primer sets, or antibodies may be labeled.
- This detection kit is obtained by any one of a hybridization method, a nucleic acid amplification method, and an antigen-antibody reaction method, such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or LRP6, ⁇ -Further detecting the expression of differentiation marker genes other than factors of the Wnt pathway such as catenin.
- an antigen-antibody reaction method such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or LRP6, ⁇ -Further detecting the expression of differentiation marker genes other than factors of the Wnt pathway such as catenin.
- the detection kit according to the present invention includes a detection kit for performing the detection of another embodiment according to the present invention, specifically, GPR49 / LGR5 and / or SHH, PTCH1,
- a kit for detecting the expression of a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GLI1 and GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin, comprising at least a primer according to the present invention or a primer set according to the present invention The kit which becomes is mentioned.
- This detection kit detects the expression of factors of the hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI and / or factors of the Wnt pathway such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin by a nucleic acid amplification method. Therefore, the detection method of the second aspect includes various reagents for carrying out the nucleic acid amplification method, for example, a buffer, an internal standard indicating that PCR can proceed normally, instructions, and / or instruments, if desired. Can further be included.
- the detection kit of this embodiment according to the present invention provides GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or LRP6, ⁇ -catenin, etc.
- a probe, primer, primer set, or antibody that can detect expression of a differentiation marker gene other than a factor of the Wnt pathway may further be included. These probes, primers, primer sets, or antibodies may be labeled.
- This detection kit is obtained by any one of a hybridization method, a nucleic acid amplification method, and an antigen-antibody reaction method, such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or LRP6, ⁇ -Further detecting expression of differentiation markers other than factors of the Wnt pathway such as catenin.
- an antigen-antibody reaction method such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, and / or LRP6, ⁇ -Further detecting expression of differentiation markers other than factors of the Wnt pathway such as catenin.
- detection kits according to the present invention include detection kits for performing the detection of further embodiments according to the present invention, specifically GPR49 / LGR5 and / or SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2
- This detection kit detects the antigen-antibody reaction, thereby expressing the factors of GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin. To detect.
- the detection method of this embodiment further includes various reagents for carrying out the antigen-antibody reaction, for example, secondary antibodies used in the ELISA method, coloring reagents, buffers, instructions, and / or instruments, if desired. be able to.
- the detection kit provides GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and / or LRP6, ⁇ -catenin, etc. It may further comprise a probe, primer, primer set, or antibody capable of detecting the expression of a differentiation marker other than the Wnt pathway factor. These probes, primers, primer sets, or antibodies may be labeled.
- This detection kit can be obtained by any of hybridization, nucleic acid amplification, and antigen-antibody reaction methods, such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, Ptch1, Gli1, Gli2, and / or LRP6, ⁇ -Further detecting expression of differentiation markers other than factors of the Wnt pathway such as catenin.
- GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, Ptch1, Gli1, Gli2, and / or LRP6, ⁇ -Further detecting expression of differentiation markers other than factors of the Wnt pathway such as catenin.
- kits, compositions or systems can be used for markers of the present invention (eg, GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and / or Wnt pathways such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin).
- markers of the present invention eg, GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and / or Wnt pathways such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin.
- the factor used in the present invention is selected from the group consisting of nucleic acid molecules, polypeptides, lipids, sugar chains, small organic molecules and complex molecules thereof, preferably the factor is a protein or complex.
- a molecule eg, glycoprotein, lipid protein, etc.
- the factor is an antibody (eg, a polyclonal antibody or a monoclonal antibody).
- Such factors are preferably labeled or labelable. This is because it is easy to diagnose.
- the means used are mass spectrometer, nuclear magnetic resonance analyzer, X-ray analyzer, SPR, chromatography (eg, HPLC, thin layer chromatography, gas chromatography), immunology Means (eg Western blotting, EIA (enzyme immunoassay), RIA (radioimmunoassay), ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay)), biochemical means (eg pI electrophoresis, Southern blotting, two-dimensional electrophoresis), Electrophoresis equipment, chemical analysis equipment, fluorescence two-dimensional differential electrophoresis (2DE-DIGE), isotope labeling (ICAT), tandem affinity purification (TAP), physical means, laser microdissection and these Or a combination of It is selected from the group consisting of.
- chromatography eg, HPLC, thin layer chromatography, gas chromatography
- immunology Means eg Western blotting, EIA (enzyme immunoassay), RIA (radio
- the system or kit of the invention further comprises a marker standard.
- a marker standard may be used to confirm whether a marker detection means (such as a factor that specifically interacts with the marker or a means for selectively recognizing the marker) is functioning normally. preferable.
- the present invention may further include a means for purifying a target sample.
- a means for purifying a target sample include chromatography. Since purification can increase the accuracy of the diagnosis, it can be used in preferred embodiments, but this is not essential.
- the factor or means used in the present invention has the ability to quantify the marker of the present invention.
- Such quantification may be a means or factor that can draw a calibration curve properly when a standard curve is drawn.
- Preferable examples include antibodies, mass spectrometry, and chromatographic analysis. Therefore, in one embodiment, the system of the present invention further comprises a quantification means for quantifying the marker.
- the quantification unit includes a determination unit that compares the standard curve with a measurement result to determine whether the marker is within a normal value range.
- determination means can be realized using a computer.
- the kit or system of the invention comprises a composition comprising a marker or said agent that specifically interacts with the marker.
- the present invention provides a level of proliferative ability or differentiation state of a marker in a sample from a subject, a factor that specifically interacts with the marker, or a means for selectively recognizing the marker, or Provided is the use in the manufacture of a medicament for predictive diagnosis, pre-diagnosis, prediction, detection or diagnosis of a disease, disorder or condition related thereto.
- the sample may be acquired by any means. Usually, when a person in charge other than the doctor is engaged in the measurement, it may have been acquired by the doctor in some form.
- the determination of the level of proliferative potential or the state of differentiation, or the associated disease, disorder or condition, or whether it is possible, is abnormal compared to the normal value, relative to each marker It can be implemented by determining. It will be appreciated that in the methods of the invention, the markers used, etc. may have any one or more of the features described elsewhere in this specification as long as they do not conflict.
- a method for measuring the marker concentration a method generally used for protein quantification can be used as it is as long as the marker concentration can be specifically measured. For example, various immunoassays, mass spectrometry (MS), chromatography, electrophoresis and the like can be used.
- One preferred embodiment in the detection or diagnosis of the present invention is to capture a marker on a carrier and measure the concentration of the captured marker. That is, a substance having affinity for the marker is immobilized on the carrier, and the marker is captured on the carrier via the substance having the affinity. According to this embodiment, the influence of the contaminant contained in the sample can be reduced, and the marker concentration can be measured with higher sensitivity and higher accuracy.
- an immunoassay when used as a marker measurement method, it is preferable to use a carrier on which an antibody is immobilized.
- an immunoassay system using the antibody immobilized on the carrier as the primary antibody can be easily constructed.
- two types of antibodies specific to a marker and having different epitopes are prepared, one is immobilized on a carrier as a primary antibody, and the other is enzyme-labeled as a secondary antibody to construct a sandwich EIA system.
- immunoassay systems based on binding inhibition methods and competitive methods can be constructed.
- a substrate is used as a carrier, immunoassay using an antibody chip is possible. According to the antibody chip, the concentration of a plurality of markers can be measured simultaneously, and rapid measurement is possible.
- the marker when mass spectrometry is used as a method for measuring a marker, the marker can be captured on a carrier by ion binding or hydrophobic interaction in addition to the antibody. Ion binding and hydrophobic interactions are not as specific as bioaffinity such as antigens and antibodies, and substances other than markers are captured, but according to mass spectrometry, they are quantified by a mass spectrometer spectrum that reflects molecular weight. No problem.
- the concentration of the marker can be measured more accurately.
- a substrate and a metal ion substrate are preferably used.
- the ion exchanger When the marker is captured on the carrier by ionic bonding, the ion exchanger is immobilized on the carrier.
- both an anion exchanger and a cation exchanger can be used as the ion exchanger, and further, a strong anion exchanger, a weak anion exchanger, a strong cation exchanger, and a weak cation exchanger. Any of these can be used.
- weak anion exchangers include those having weak anion exchange groups such as dimethylaminoethyl (DE) and diethylaminoethyl (DEAE).
- strong anion exchangers include quaternary ammonium (trimethylaminomethyl) (QA), quaternary aminoethyl (diethyl, mono-2-hydroxybutylaminoethyl) (QAE), and quaternary ammonium (trimethylammonium. And those having a strong anion exchange group such as (QMA).
- weak cation exchangers include those having weak cation exchange groups such as carboxymethyl (CM).
- strong cation exchanger include those having a strong cation exchange group such as sulfopropyl (SP).
- the hydrophobic group examples include a C4 to C20 alkyl group and a phenyl group.
- the marker can be captured on a carrier on which metal ions such as Cu 2+ , Zn 2+ , Ni 2+ , Ca 2+ , Co 2+ , and Mg 2+ are immobilized.
- a carrier to be used a known carrier such as a bead, a microtiter plate, or a resin can be used.
- beads and microtiter plates are conventionally used in immunoassays, and the measurement system can be easily constructed.
- a carrier having a planar portion such as a substrate can also be used. In this case, it is preferable to immobilize a substance having affinity for the marker in a part of the flat surface portion.
- An example is a carrier in which a chip is used as a substrate and an antibody specific for a marker is immobilized in spots on a plurality of spots on the surface.
- a cell selected using a detection agent or a diagnostic agent such as a probe, primer, or antibody according to the present invention as an index is an undifferentiated cell or progenitor cell having proliferative ability (for example, an undifferentiated cell or progenitor cell present in corneal endothelial cells )
- Corneal endothelial diseases such as bullous keratopathy or corneal endotheliitis in terms of safety, survival rate, and network formation ability, compared with conventional progenitor cells introduced with a heterogeneous cell population or foreign genes, Preferred for the treatment or prevention of disorders or conditions or other ophthalmic diseases.
- Cells that can be selected are undifferentiated cells or progenitor cells that are proliferating before arrest, i.e., proliferating, may be differentiated and matured at optimal locations in the brain, and may be further undifferentiated cells or in vivo. Since progenitor cells may proliferate, a longer-term therapeutic effect can be expected. Therefore, it can be said that the present invention opens the way to the practical application of effective treatment or prevention of corneal endothelial diseases, disorders or conditions such as bullous keratopathy or corneal endotheliitis, or other ophthalmic diseases.
- the detection method according to the present invention can be applied to screening for substances present in corneal endothelial cells that have a high proliferation ability and / or are effective in inducing differentiation into undifferentiated cells. That is, whether or not differentiation was induced by the addition of a test substance to cells having high proliferation ability and / or undifferentiated cells present in corneal endothelial cells, such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2, etc.
- a screening method for a substance that is present in corneal endothelial cells and has a high proliferative ability and / or effective in inducing differentiation into undifferentiated cells comprises (i) corneal endothelial cells.
- a step of contacting a test substance with a cell having high proliferative ability and / or capable of differentiating into an undifferentiated cell eg, ES cell, iPS cell, etc.
- a cell having high proliferative ability and / or capable of differentiating into an undifferentiated cell eg, ES cell, iPS cell, etc.
- the test substance Detecting the expression of GPR49 / LGR5 and / or hedgehog pathway factors such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin in the cells.
- the cells present in corneal endothelial cells and capable of differentiating into undifferentiated cells having high proliferation ability are preferably iPS cells, ES cells, or neural progenitor cells induced to differentiate from these cells. Or it can extract
- step (i) “contacting a test substance” means, for example, adding a test substance to cultured cells containing cells having high proliferation ability and / or capable of differentiating into undifferentiated cells existing in corneal endothelial cells. Can be done.
- Test substances that can be used include synthetic low molecular weight compounds, proteins, synthetic peptides, purified or partially purified polypeptides, antibodies, bacterial release substances (including bacterial metabolites), nucleic acids (antisense, ribozymes, RNAi, etc.) Preferably, it is a compound or a salt thereof, or a solvate (for example, hydrate) thereof, but is not limited thereto.
- the “test substance” may be a novel substance or a known substance.
- step (ii) expression of a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin is performed according to the detection method of the present invention. Can be detected.
- a factor of a hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and / or a factor of a Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin is performed according to the detection method of the present invention. Can be detected.
- Specific embodiments include GPR49 / LGR5 and GPR49 / LGR5 by appropriately performing detection using a hybridization method described herein, detection using a nucleic acid amplification method, and detection using an antigen-antibody reaction.
- Expression of factors of the hedgehog pathway such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI2 and / or factors of the Wnt pathway such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin can be detected.
- the substance is added to the corneal endothelium. It can be determined that the substance has a high proliferation ability and / or is effective in inducing differentiation into undifferentiated cells. When suppression or disappearance of expression of Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin is detected, the substance is effective in inducing differentiation into corneal endothelial cells having high proliferative ability and / or undifferentiated cells. It can be determined that the substance is a new substance.
- the substance specified by the screening method according to the present invention can be used as a substance effective in inducing differentiation into corneal endothelial cells having high proliferation ability and / or undifferentiated cells.
- a method for screening a substance present in corneal endothelial cells having high proliferative ability and / or effective in inducing differentiation into undifferentiated cells comprising: (iii) contacting a test substance Thereafter, expression of differentiation marker genes other than factors of hedgehog pathway such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, and GLI and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6 and ⁇ -catenin is detected in the cells.
- the step of performing may further include the following steps.
- step (ii) expression of GPR49 / LGR5 and / or factors of hedgehog pathway such as SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and / or factors of Wnt pathway such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin is detected, and step (ii) iii) differentiation marker genes other than hedgehog pathway factors such as GPR49 / LGR5 and / or SHH, PTCH1, GLI1, GLI2 and / or Wnt pathway factors such as LRP6, ⁇ -catenin (eg, Ki-67, When expression of BrdU or the like is detected, it can be determined with high accuracy that the substance is a substance having high proliferation ability existing in corneal endothelial cells and / or effective for induction into undifferentiated cells. .
- Step (iii) may be performed after step (i), and may be performed before or after step (ii).
- the oligonucleotide of the present invention can be synthesized by a standard method known in the art, for example, by using an automated DNA synthesizer (commercially available from Biosearch, Applied Biosystems, etc.). is there.
- an automated DNA synthesizer commercially available from Biosearch, Applied Biosystems, etc.
- it is possible to synthesize phosphorothioate oligonucleotides by the method of Stein et al. (Stein et al., 1988, Nucl. Acids Res. 16: 3209), and control pore glass polymer supports (Sarin et al. , 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85: 7448-7451), etc. can also be used to prepare methylphosphonate oligonucleotides.
- the animals used in the following examples were handled based on the Declaration of Helsinki in compliance with the standards prescribed at Kyoto Prefectural University of Medicine or Doshisha University. In addition, animals were raised and handled according to the ARVO Declaration on the Use of Animals in Visual and Ophthalmic Research (the ARVO Statement for the Use of Animals in Ophthalmic and Vision Research). Moreover, although the products specifically described in the examples were used as reagents, other manufacturers (Sigma, Wako Pure Chemicals, Nakarai, abcam, Santa Cruz Biotechnology, R & D Systems, Abnova, Assay Pro, Origin, Biobyte, Biorad, Cell Signaling Technology, GE Healthcare, IBL, etc.) can be substituted.
- Cell culture In primary cultures of human corneal endothelial cells, the Descemet's membrane containing the endothelial cell layer is detached from the corneal tissue and placed in 2 mg / ml Collagenase A (catalog number: 70164923; Roche Applied Science, Penzberg, Germany) dissolved in OPTIMEM-I. Incubated at 37 ° C. 3 hours later, after centrifuging at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes to remove the supernatant, the culture medium was added to the precipitated corneal endothelial cell mass and mixed, and FNC Coating Mix (Catalog Number: 0407; Athena Enzyme Systems, Baltimore, The whole amount was seeded in a 12-well plate coated with MD, USA).
- the culture medium was OPTIMEM-I (Catalog Number: 51985; Gibco-Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) With 5% fetal calf serum (Catalog Number: 10437-028; fetal bovine serum; FBS; BioWest, France), 50 ⁇ g / ml Gentamin (Gentamicin). Invitrogen) plus 10 ⁇ g / ml Y-27632 (Calbiochem, La Jolla, Calif.) was used.
- the Descemet's membrane including the endothelial cell layer is peeled from the corneal tissue and dissolved in DMEM (Gibco-Invitrogen). And incubated at 37 ° C. After 1 hour, the corneal endothelial cells were peeled off from the Descemet's membrane by pipetting and collected. After centrifuging at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes to remove the supernatant, the culture medium was added to the precipitated corneal endothelial cells, mixed, and FNC Coating Mix. The whole amount was inoculated into a 6-well plate coated with.
- the culture medium is 10% FBS, 50 ⁇ g / ml gentamicin (catalog number: 15710-064; Invitrogen), 10 ⁇ g / ml Y-27632 (catalog number: 6880005; Calbiochem, La Jolla) in DMEM (catalog number: 12320; Gibco-Invitrogen).
- CA 2 ng / ml basic fibroblast growth factor (basic fibroblast growth factor; catalog number: 13256-029; bFGF; Invitrogen) was used.
- the human cornea used had a period of less than 14 days until the primary culture.
- CEC human and monkey corneal endothelial cells
- the medium was changed every two days. Passaging was performed when the cells became 50-80% confluent.
- cells were washed with Ca 2+ Mg 2+ free PBS (PBS-; Nissan Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., Tokyo. Japan), and TrypLE TM Select (catalog number: 12563; Invitrogen) was added. , Incubated at 37 ° C. for 5 minutes. Cells were detached from the plate and collected, and centrifuged at 1000 rpm for 5 minutes, and then a culture medium was added to obtain a cell suspension. Cells were seeded at a density of 1: 2 onto plates coated with FNC Coating Mix.
- the corneal tissue was embedded in OCT compound (catalog number: 4583; Sakura Finetek, Tokyo, Japan) and frozen in liquid nitrogen.
- the frozen block was sliced into 8 ⁇ m, attached to a silane-coated slide, and air-dried.
- the Descemet's membrane containing corneal endothelial cells was peeled from the corneal tissue, allowed to stand in ice-cooled 100% acetone for 30 seconds, then attached to a silane-coated slide and air-dried. Cultured corneal endothelial cells used were cultured in LabTek 8-well plastic chamber slides.
- Ice-cooled 100% acetone was added to the corneal tissue and cultured cells and allowed to stand at 4 ° C. for 15 minutes to fix the cells. After shaking and washing with 0.15% Triton X / PBS-, 1% bovine serum albumin (catalog number: A4503BSA; Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, MO) was added and left standing for 30 minutes at room temperature for blocking. . Primary antibody was diluted with 1% BSA and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature.
- Primary antibodies used include anti-rabbit GPR49 / LGR5 (catalog number: GTX71143; 1: 200; GeneTex Inc., San Antonio, TX), anti-rabbit Nestin (catalog number: PRB-570C; 1: 200; COVANCE, Berkeley, CA), anti-mouse ABCG2 (catalog number: NC 236; 1: 2; Kamiya biomedical CO., Seattle, WA USA), anti-mouse Ki-67 (catalog number: 556003; 1: 200 BD Pharmingen TM NJ, USA), anti-rabbit Na + / K + ATPase (catalog number: A132; 1: 100; Zymed ), anti-rabbit ZO1 (Zymed Laboratories Inc., South San Franc sco, CA) was used. Washing was carried out by shaking twice with 0.15% Triton / PBS- and once with PBS-.
- the secondary antibody was diluted with a mixed solution of 1% BSA and 0.15% TrironX / PBS- and incubated at room temperature for 30 minutes. Secondary antibodies used include Alexa TM Fluor 488 conjugated goat anti-rabbit IgG (catalog number: A11034; 1: 1500; Molecular Probe-Invitrogen) and Alexa TM Fluor 488 conjugated goat anti-mouse IgG (catalog) Number: A11029; 1: 1500; Molecular Probe-Invitrogen). After washing with 0.15% Triton / PBS- and shaking with PBS- once, nuclear staining was performed with propidium iodide (catalog number: SP29004-41; PI; Nacalai Tesque, Inc. Kyoto, Japan). And covered with a cover glass. The images were observed and photographed with a confocal laser microscope (Olympus Fluoview, Tokyo, Japan).
- RNeasy Mini Kit (Catalog Number: 74106; QIAGEN, Valencia, CA) was used for RNA extraction from corneal tissue and cultured cells.
- 1 ⁇ l of OligodTPrimer (catalog number: 18418-020; Invitrogen) was added per 1 ⁇ g of extracted RNA, and the mixture was incubated at 70 ° C. for 2 minutes and immediately cooled on ice.
- 5 ⁇ First-Strand buffer 100 mM DTT (catalog number: 772590; Invitrogen), SuperScript TM II Reverse Transcriptase (catalog number: 18064-014; Invitrogen), 2.5 mM dNTP (01: Bio Bc.
- GPR49 / LGR5-positive cells and GPR49 / LGR5-negative cells were separated using a flow cytometer (FACS Aria II (BD Biosciences, Franklin Lakes, NJ)), and each cell was seeded on an 8-well chamber slide and cultured. . Three days later, immunostaining was performed with anti-mouse Ki-67, and the number of Ki-67 positive cells was counted.
- GPR49 / LGR5 MISSION® shRNA Plasmid DNA (Sigma-Aldrich) was purchased to make lentiviral particles containing the GPR49 / LGR5 shRNA viral vector (Table 2).
- GPR49 / LGR5 expression vector used was transferred from Keigo Kawasaki, Kyoto Prefectural University of Medicine.
- the method for producing this vector is as follows.
- a lentiviral plasmid vector that expresses the target gene (here, GPR49 / LGR5) was used.
- the present inventors used a commercially available lentiviral vector (pLenti6.3_V5-TOPO; Invitrogen) as a vector for inserting the target gene.
- An amplification reaction was performed using cDNA as a template using a primer pair including the entire coding sequence of a specific gene, gel purified, and ligated to a lentiviral plasmid vector.
- lentiviral plasmid DNA was used with 14 ⁇ l Fugene HD as a transfection reagent using ViraPower TM Lenticular Packaging Mix (Invitrogen), a packaging plasmid mixture containing pLP1, pLP2 and pLP / VSVG plasmids.
- HEK293T cells were transfected. After 18 hours, the medium was removed by suction and replaced with complete medium (DMEM supplemented with 10% FBS; hereinafter also referred to as “culture medium”) to evaluate the quality of lentiviral particles.
- HEK293T cells were seeded at a density of 9.0 ⁇ 10 5 cells / 25 cm 2 in a culture medium supplemented with 10% FBS in DMEM. After 24 h incubation, OPTIMEM-I, FuGENE was added (R) HDTransfection Reagent (Roche Applied Science) and Lentiviral Packaging Mix (Sigma-Aldrich ( MISSION Lentiviral Packaging Mix) or Invitrogen), a 5% CO 2 at 37 ° C. Incubated under conditions. After 18 hours, the culture medium was replaced, and the cells were cultured at 37 ° C. under 5% CO 2 . After 24 hours, the culture medium containing lentiviral particles was collected.
- HIV-1 p24 Antigen ELISA kit ZeptoMetrix Corporation, Buffalo, NY, USA was used for titer measurement of the collected lentivirus.
- Non-Target shRNA Control Vector Sigma-Aldrich having a random sequence was used as a control.
- Human and monkey cultured corneal endothelial cells were seeded in 6-well plates (5000 cells / well; 6-well plates treated with FNC Coating Mix®) or 8-well chamber slides (500 cells / well) and incubated at 37 ° C. for 5 Culturing was performed under the condition of% CO 2 .
- the prepared lentiviral particles and 4 ⁇ g / ml hexadimethrine bromide (Sigma-Aldrich, also referred to as polybrene) were added, and the cells were transfected at 37 ° C. under 5% CO 2 conditions.
- the culture medium was replaced with 0.4 ⁇ g / ml puromycin (Calbiochem), and puromycin resistant cells were selected. Puromycin-resistant colonies were cultured in the presence of 0.4 ⁇ g / ml puromycin, and the medium was changed every two days.
- lentiviral vector for gene expression
- pLenti6.3_V5-TOPO Invitrogen
- CDNA with a primer pair surrounding the entire coding sequence of a particular gene was amplified, gel purified and then ligated into a lentiviral plasmid vector.
- lentiviral plasmid DNA was used in HEK293T cells with FuGENE® HD as a transfection reagent with plasmid packaging plasmid mixture ViraPower TM Lenticular Packaging Mix (Invitrogen) containing pLP1, pLP2 and pLP / VSVG plasmids. Transfected. After 18 hours, the medium was aspirated and replaced with complete medium, and the amount of lentiviral particles was evaluated.
- the protein was separated by SDS-PAGE and transferred to a PVDF membrane.
- the membrane was then blocked with 1% ECL Advance Blocking Reagent (GE Healthcare) in TBS-T buffer and incubated overnight at 4 ° C. with the primary antibody. After washing three times in TBS-T buffer, the PVDF membrane was incubated with an appropriate HRP-labeled anti-rabbit or mouse IgG secondary antibody for 1 hour at room temperature. The membrane was exposed with an ECL Advance Western Blotting Detection Kit (GE Healthcare) and observed with a LAS3000S imaging system (Fuji Film Co., Ltd., Tokyo).
- Example 1 Expression of stem cell marker in full-thickness human corneal tissue
- ABCG2 nestin and ATP-coupled set subfamily G member 2
- GPR49 / LGR5 was minimally expressed in the corneal epithelium and corneal stroma (FIG. 2a).
- Nestin was moderately expressed throughout the cornea, and ABCG2 was found to be expressed primarily in the basal cell layer of the corneal epithelium and weakly in the corneal stroma and endothelium (FIG. 2a).
- Nestin was strongly expressed in all layers of the cornea. ABCG2 was strongly expressed in corneal epithelial basal cells, and was also expressed in corneal stroma and corneal endothelium. The mRNA expression levels of GPR49 / LGR5, Nestin, and ABCG2 were compared by real-time PCR (FIG. 2b). The expression levels of Nestin mRNA and ABCG2 mRNA were significantly increased in the corneal epithelium and corneal stroma compared to the corneal endothelium. On the other hand, it was confirmed that the expression level of GPR49 / LGR5 mRNA was significantly increased in the corneal endothelium.
- GPR49 / LGR5 was determined to be one of the proteins expressed specifically in corneal endothelial cells.
- the Descemet's membrane containing corneal endothelial cells was detached from the corneal tissue, and the expression level was compared by immunostaining and real-time PCR (Fig. 2c).
- GPR49 / LGR5 was strongly expressed in the cell membrane and cytoplasm of the endothelial cells in the periphery of the cornea (FIG. 2d).
- the expression level of GPR49 / LGR5 mRNA was also increased in the peripheral corneal endothelium compared to the central part (FIG. 2e).
- Example 3 GPR49 / LGR5 expression in cultured human corneal endothelial cells
- GPR49 / LGR5 expression in cultured human corneal endothelial cells was examined.
- GPR49 / LGR5 could stably maintain the expression in the subcultured cultured corneal endothelial cells (FIG. 3c).
- GPR49 / LGR5 mRNA tended to decrease in expression level by passage compared to monkey corneal tissue, the expression level could be maintained (FIG. 3d).
- phase contrast micrographs of monkey CEC showed that both in vivo and in vitro (P0, P1) cells showed a confluent monolayer of smaller sized homogeneous hexagonal cells (FIG. 3c). Immunostaining of these cells showed that GPR49 / LGR5 was moderately expressed both in vivo and in vitro (FIG. 3c), but mean GPR49 / LGR5 mRNA expression in vitro was as the cells were passaged. It gradually decreased (* p ⁇ 0.05) (FIG. 3d). In view of these findings, it appears that GPR49 / LGR5 may be an important regulator for maintaining the undifferentiated state of CEC in vitro when using human and monkey cells.
- GPR49 / LGR5 may have an important function in stable culture of corneal endothelial cells in vitro.
- Example 5 Examination of cell biological characteristics of GPR49 / LGR5 positive cells
- analysis was performed using FACS.
- GPR49 / LGR5-positive cells GPR49 / LGR5 +
- GPR49 / LGR5-negative cells GPR49 / LGR5-
- GPR49 / LGR5 (+) and GPR49 / LGR5 ( ⁇ ) cells a subset of cells was isolated by flow cytometry.
- expression at the protein level was confirmed in the purified fraction by immunofluorescence for GPR49 / LGR5 (FIG. 4a). Since the highest colony-forming ability is reported in the smallest keratinocytes, [Barrandon Y et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 1985; 82: 5390-5394], and the size of the cells in each of the isolated fractions was measured using Scion Image software.
- GPR49 / LGR5 + and GPR49 / LGR5- were photographed with a fluorescence microscope, and the size of 35 cells was randomly measured with Image J (Wayne Rasband (NIH) free software).
- GPR49 / LGR5 + was found to be significantly smaller than GPR49 / LGR5- (FIGS. 4a and 4b).
- the isolated cell fraction was then cultured on a cell chamber slide to assess the state of each cell cycle in the isolated cell fraction.
- the percentage of Ki67 labeled cells in GPR49 / LGR5 (+) cells and GPR49 / LGR5 ( ⁇ ) cells is 14.2 ⁇ 3.87% and 0.58 ⁇ 0.5%, respectively, and the difference in Ki67 labeling index was statistically significant (* p ⁇ 0.05) (FIG. 4c).
- FIG. 4c As a result, it was revealed that the Ki-67 positive cell rate was significantly higher in GPR49 / LGR5 + (FIG. 4c).
- FACS was used for double staining of GPR49 / LGR5 and Ki67 to further clarify the relationship between GPR49 / LGR5 and cell proliferation.
- cultured monkey corneal endothelial cells (passage number 3) were double-stained with anti-rabbit GPR49 / LGR5 and antibody mouse Ki-67, and analysis by FACS was attempted.
- GPR49 / LGR5 + in all cells was 7.2%, of which GPR49 / LGR5 + / Ki-67 + was 3.4% (FIG. 4d). Further, GPR49 / LGR5- / Ki-67 + cells were not observed.
- Example 6 GPR49 / LGR5 as a target gene of a hedgehog signal
- GPR49 / LGR5 was examined for its function in hedgehog signals.
- Hedgehog signal was identified as a signal related to morphogenesis in the embryonic period, and it has since been revealed that it is deeply involved in stem cells and canceration of adult tissues. HH signaling has also been reported to play an important role in various types of biological processes such as cell differentiation, proliferation and growth [Barker N et al, Nature, 2007; 449: 1003. -1007; Stanton BZ et al, MolBiosys. 2010; 6: 44-54; Tsuru T et al, Jpn J Ophthalmol. 1984; 28: 105-125]. Three types of proteins, SHH, Indian Hedgehog (Ihh), and Desert Hedgehog (Dhh), have been identified as human ligands.
- Ihh Indian Hedgehog
- Dhh Desert Hedgehog
- Ptch1 12-transmembrane protein Patched1
- Ptch1 a receptor that acts to suppress signals, suppresses cell membrane localization of the 7-transmembrane protein Smoothened (Smo), and downstream signals Transmission to the molecule is also inhibited.
- no signal is transmitted to the transcription factor Gli family (Gli1, G1i2, Gli3) downstream of Smo, and transcription of the target gene does not occur.
- Binding of the ligand to Ptch1 eliminates suppression of Ptch1 to Smo, activates a signal pathway from Smo to the transcription factor Gli family, and transcribes target genes such as Cyclin D / E and Myc.
- Signal related molecules, Ptch1 and Gli1 are also target genes and serve as indicators of signal activation.
- GPR49 / LGR5 has a high expression level in the periphery of the cornea (FIGS. 2c, 2d, and 2e). Therefore, the mRNA expression levels of hedgehog signal-related molecules (Shh, Smo, Ptch1, Gli1, Gli2) in human corneal central endothelial cells and peripheral endothelial cells are compared, and the characteristics of GPR49 / LGR5 in CEC are defined at the molecular level. In order to do this, first, the expression of HH signaling-related molecules in CEC was examined.
- Human corneal tissue was treated with 100 ng / ml rhShh, 10 ⁇ M purmorphamine, 10 ⁇ M cyclopamine and incubated at 37 ° C. under 5% CO 2 for 3 days.
- the Descemet's membrane was peeled from the cornea and applied to a silane-coated slide, and GPR49 / LGR5 and Ki-67 were immunostained. Further, RNA of corneal endothelial cells incubated under the same conditions was extracted, and the mRNA expression level was measured by real-time PCR.
- GPR49 / LGR5 was able to confirm the expression cells only in the rhShh addition group (FIGS. 5d and 5e).
- the expression level was increased in the rhShh addition group and the purmorphamine addition group as compared with the control (FIG. 5f).
- the cyclopamine addition group abnormal cell morphology and suppression of cell proliferation were observed.
- CEC has reportedly maintained the ability to grow in vitro [EngelmannK et al. , Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci. 1988; 29: 1656-1662], therefore, as described above, we examined whether the HH pathway induces in vitro proliferation of CEC. Ki67 expression was found to be upregulated in response to SHH and purmorphamine stimulation, but this was not upregulated in response to cyclopropamine (FIG. 5g). These findings indicate that the HH pathway can induce CEC proliferation in an in vitro situation. The inventors determined that CEC treated with cyclopamine failed to maintain its normal hexagonal morphology (FIG. 5f). In view of these findings, the present inventors have found for the first time that GPR49 / LGR5 is a target molecule for HH signaling in CEC, and that the maintenance of CEC is partly regulated by the HH pathway.
- Example 7 GPR49 / LGR5 gene expression suppression using shRNA
- shRNA suppression of GPR49 / LGR5 expression by shRNA was attempted using cultured monkey corneal endothelial cells highly expressing GPR49 / LGR5.
- Example 8A Forced expression of GPR49 / LGR5 gene
- the cultured human corneal endothelial cells transfected with the GPR49 / LGR5 expression vector were found to have about 60-fold increased expression compared to the control (FIG. 6d).
- cells into which GPR49 / LGR5 was introduced cell differentiation was suppressed, and expression of Na + / K + ATPase used for evaluation of the pump function of corneal endothelial cells was enhanced (FIG. 6c).
- the mRNA expression level of hedgehog signal-related molecules ptch1, gli1, gli2
- GPR49 / LGR5 is specifically expressed in stem cells / progenitor cells of corneal endothelial cells present in the peripheral part of corneal tissue.
- the hedgehog signal has a function of promoting proliferation of corneal endothelial cells, but GPR49 / LGR5, which is a downstream gene of the hedgehog signal, is important for maintaining undifferentiated cells by suppressing the hedgehog signal. It has become clear that it plays an important role.
- Hedgehog signal activation causes cell proliferation to be promoted by the proliferation of adult neural stem cells by addition of rhShh (Lai et al., Nature neuroscience 6: 21-27, 2003), mesenchymal stem cells by addition of purmorphamine Cell proliferation / differentiation promotion (Wu et al., Chem. Biol. 11, 1,229-1, 238, 2004). There was thought to be. Since no stable culture method for corneal endothelial cells has been established at present, it is understood that the method may be applied to the establishment of a new culture method using the effect of promoting cell proliferation by activation of hedgehog signal. . In this example, it is understood that proliferation is enhanced in cultured endothelial cells by the activation of SHH.
- SHH can be used as a marker of the degree of differentiation.
- the expression of GPR49 / LGR5 was enhanced by activation of hedgehog signal, but the effect of promoting cell proliferation was not obtained (FIG. 5b). It has been reported that the cells of human corneal endothelial cells are in very close contact with each other in vivo, and the cell cycle does not work unless cell-cell adhesion is relaxed using EDTA (Senooo et al., IOVS). 41 2930-2935, 2000).
- GPR49 / LGR5 forced expression cells tend to contact cells at high density, and the functionality of corneal endothelial cells is high. It was speculated that GPR49 / LGR5 might contribute to maintenance of undifferentiation by controlling the progression to proliferation / differentiation by activation of hedgehog signal. There is a possibility that GPR49 / LGR5 is related to cell-cell adhesion, and it is considered that further research is necessary as a future study subject.
- corneal endothelial cells may have a controlled cell growth in vivo by a hedgehog signal using Sonic hedgehog as a ligand.
- GPR49 / LGR5 which is a target gene of hedgehog signal, is considered to be involved in the corneal endothelial cell undifferentiation maintenance mechanism.
- GPR49 / LGR5 is an orphan receptor of the G protein-coupled receptor superfamily and its ligand is unknown.
- RSPO functions as a ligand for GPR49 / LGR5 and regulates Wnt / ⁇ -catenin signaling [Carmon KS et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. , 2011; 108: 11452-11457; de Lau W et al. , Nature, 2011; 476: 293-297; Glinka A et al. , EMBO Rep. 2011; 12: 1055-1061].
- RSPO1, 2, 3 and 4 are expressed in corneal epithelial, parenchymal and endothelial cells, and RSPO1, 2 and 3 are only expressed in CEC in the peripheral region.
- a in FIG. 6C we cultured primate CEC with or without human recombinant RSPO.
- RSPO1 show compact smaller sized homogeneous hexagonal cells, while other RSPOs have an effect on CEC differentiation in vitro. There was not (B in FIG. 6C).
- RSPO1 can play an important role in maintaining CEC, among the RSPO families.
- keratinocyte stem cells can be distinguished from transiently amplified cells or differentiated cells depending on the cell size [Barrandon Y et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 1985; 82: 5390-5394].
- the response of minimal keratinocytes to phorbol esters is different from that of other cells.
- These keratinocytes also showed the highest colony forming ability.
- CEC is different from ectoderm-derived keratinocytes, the average diameter of our GPR49 / LGR5 (+) cells was actually smaller than that of GPR49 / LGR5 ( ⁇ ) cells. Based on these findings and the reported size of the peripheral CEC. Cell size appears to be a potential indicator of corneal endothelial stem / progenitor cells.
- GPR49 / LGR5 is an important molecule for maintaining the undifferentiated state of CEC and regulating the normal cell phenotype in vitro.
- isolated cells fractionated based on their GPR49 / LGR5 expression intensity can give rise to different cell populations with different properties. Only cells in the GPR49 / LGR5 (+) population showed exceptionally high proliferative capacity, a feature associated with the stem / progenitor cell population. Based on these findings, unique expression patterns and unavoidability in in vitro conditions, there may be some relationship between GPR49 / LGR5 and corneal endothelial stem / progenitor cell function.
- HH signaling may control corneal endothelial morphogenesis.
- RSPO is a family of 4 cysteine rich secreted proteins isolated as a potent enhancer of Wnt / ⁇ -catenin signaling.
- a great deal of information regarding the cell biological function of RSPO has been revealed over the past few years, especially regarding its role as a ligand for the orphan receptor LGR4 / 5/6. From these updated important findings, we decided to further investigate whether RSPO could have an effect on the function of human CEC. Since human CEC is mitotically inactive and essentially incapable of regeneration in vivo, after loss of corneal endothelium due to disease or trauma, compensatory expansion of the remaining endothelial cells Occurs.
- GPR49 / LGR5 is a positive or negative regulator of the Wnt pathway
- Garcia MI et al. DevBiol. , 2009; 331: 58-67; Schuijers J et al. , EMBOJ. , 2012; Walker F et al. , PLoS One. 2011; 6: e22733 One possible explanation is that the molecular mechanism depends on the tissue, organ and species.
- the cornea is a unique avascular tissue maintained by tears and aqueous humor.
- RSPO1 dramatically accelerates CEC proliferation and inhibits corneal endothelial MT via the Wnt pathway.
- GPR49 / LGR5 has proven to be a powerful tool in identifying large numbers of stem / progenitor cell populations. Regulation of GPR49 / LGR5 via the HH and Wnt pathways fully organized and maintained CEC integrity.
- RSPO1 a GPR49 / LGR5 ligand, can pioneer new and sufficient protocols to provide effective augmentation of CEC, and RSPO1-based three-dimensional cultures and medical procedures can only be used to treat corneal dysfunction Rather, it is understood that it promises a promising regenerative therapy for the treatment of various serious systemic diseases.
- Example 9 Cell growth promoting effect of R-spondins
- an experiment was conducted for the purpose of examining the cell growth promoting effect of R-spondins, particularly R-spondin 1, in the culture of corneal endothelial cells.
- EdU (5-ethyl-2'-deoxyuridine) is a modified nucleic acid that is incorporated into DNA in the DNA synthesis phase by a chemical reaction, and is widely used to identify cells in the DNA synthesis phase in place of conventional BrdU. By measuring the positive rate of EdU, the proliferating cell rate in cultured cells can be determined.
- Example 10 Cell growth promoting effect of R-spondins in cultured human corneal endothelial cells
- RSPO1 Use RSPO1 to investigate the association of R-spondin 1 (RSPO1), R-spondin 2 (RSPO2), R-spondin 3 (RSPO3), R-spondin 4 (RSPO4) with corneal endothelial cell differentiation Then, the relationship was examined.
- the reagents used are as follows.
- Human cultured corneal endothelial cells were cultured for 7 days under conditions of 37 ° C. and 5% CO 2 in RSPO1 added (50 ng / ml) and non-added groups.
- RSPO1 added 50 ng / ml
- the cells in the RSPO1-added group were maintained in a paving stone shape, whereas in the non-added group, the cells differentiated like fibroblasts. From the above results, it was confirmed that RSPO1 has an effect of suppressing differentiation of corneal endothelial cells.
- RSPO1 to 4 were incubated on human corneal endothelial cells for 1 day under conditions of 37 ° C. and 5% CO 2 . Thereafter, Ki-67, which is a cell proliferation marker, was immunostained. As a result, although growth tendency was observed in all of RSPO1 to 4, only RSPO1 significantly promoted the proliferation of human corneal endothelial cells.
- Example 11 Effect of R-spondins on confluent cells
- Method As a human corneal endothelial cell, the corneal endothelial cell was mechanically detached from the cornea for research purchased from Seattle Eye Bank together with the basement membrane, and collagenase (ROCHE catalog number: 10 103 586 001) was used. The primary culture was carried out after peeling off the basement membrane and collecting.
- the medium is Opti-MEM I Reduced-Serum Medium, Liquid (INVITROGEN catalog number: 31985-070) + 8% fetal bovine serum (FBS) (BIOEST, catalog number: S1820-500) + 200 mg / ml CaCl 2 ⁇ 2H 2 O (SIGMA catalog number: C7902-500G) + 0.08% chondroitin sulfate (SIGMA catalog number: C9819-5G) +20 ⁇ g / ml ascorbic acid (SIGMA catalog number: A4544-25G) +50 ⁇ g / ml gentamicin (INVITROGEN catalog number: 15710-064 ) +5 ng / ml EGF (INVITROGEN catalog number: PHG0311) conditioned for 3T3 feeder cells was used.
- FBS fetal bovine serum
- R-spondin 1 is added to the medium at a concentration of 10 ng / ml. The culture was continued. The cell morphology was observed with a phase contrast microscope, and the cell density was calculated.
- the results are shown in FIG.
- the average corneal endothelial cell density when it reached confluence and no obvious change was observed in the corneal endothelial density was 566.8 cells / mm 2 , but the density increased over time, and on the 7th day About 695 pieces / mm 2 , about 875 pieces / mm 2 after 14 days, and 995.8 pieces / mm 2 after 21 days.
- the number of cells was 535.4 / mm 2 .
- Example 12 Production of tissue with increased corneal endothelial density by R-spondins
- a tissue with increased corneal endothelium density can be prepared by treatment of corneal tissue with R-spondins.
- the corneal endothelial cell density was significantly increased by R-spondin1. That is, the corneal endothelial cell density is 3673 cells / mm 2 in the case where R-spondin 1 is not added, 4314 cells / mm 2 when R-spondin 1 is added at 1 ng / ml, and 4626 cells / mm 2 when R-spondin 1 is added at 10 ng / ml. When mm 2 and 100 ng / ml were added, the number increased to 5037 / mm 2 .
- Example 13 Proliferative effect in cells such as corneal stroma, epithelium, retinal pigment epithelium (RPE), vitreous
- the proliferation effect of R-spondins in cells such as corneal stroma, epithelium, RPE and vitreous body is confirmed.
- the culture methods are listed below. In each culture method, it can be confirmed that the effect on proliferation is promoted by culturing in the presence or absence of R-spondins according to the above examples.
- Corneal parenchymal cells were obtained from Yamamoto M, Quantock AJ, Young RD, Okumura N, Ueno M, Sakamoto Y, Kinoshita S, Koizumi N. et al. Mol Vis. 2012; 18: 1727-39. Briefly, rabbit cornea is incubated with 1.2 U ⁇ ml dispase (Invitrogen) for 1 hour at 37 ° C. Thereafter, the corneal epithelium and corneal endothelium are removed by mechanical scraping. The corneal stroma is then cut into approximately 1 cm 2 pieces which are incubated overnight at 37 ° C.
- DMEM / F12 containing 1 mg / ml collagenase A (Roche Diagnostics Japan) and 1% penicillin-streptomycin. After centrifuging at 1500 rpm (440 ⁇ g) for 3 minutes, the cells are continuously cultured in cell-free medium (DMEM / F12 containing 10 ⁇ g / ml, 1 mM ascorbic acid, and 1% penicillin-streptomycin) for 48 hours. Experiments can be performed using the cells thus obtained.
- DMEM / F12 containing 10 ⁇ g / ml, 1 mM ascorbic acid, and 1% penicillin-streptomycin
- RPE retinal pigment epithelium
- MRPEC monkey retinal pigment epithelial cells
- MRPEC and RPEC fragments were previously reported for human fetal RPE (Maminishkis A, Chen S, Jalkiesee S, et al. of native tissue.Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci.2006; 47: 3612-3624).
- MRPECs were then cultured in DMEM / F12 supplemented with 10% FBA, 50 U / ml penicillin and 50 ⁇ g / mL streptomycin in FNC Coating Mix®-coated dishes at 37 ° C. in 5% CO 2 . Further expansion under humidified environment. The culture medium is then changed every two days.
- the amniotic membrane was collected according to the method approved by the Kyoto Medical University Ethics Committee and used for the study. After obtaining written consent from a pregnant woman scheduled for cesarean section with no infection and no complications, the amnion was aseptically collected at the time of cesarean section, washed, immersed in 50% chrysolol DMEM solution, and stored frozen at -80 ° C. did. Next, corneal epithelial stem cells collected from human corneal tissue obtained permission from Northwest Lion Eye Bank (Seattle, WA, USA) for research purposes were cultured.
- corneal epithelial cells were collected as a cell suspension by enzymatic treatment using 1.2 U dispase at 37 ° C. for 1 hour. The cell suspension was then seeded on amniotic membrane and cultured in an incubator at 37 ° C. and 5% CO 2 for about 2 weeks.
- Vitreous cell (hyalocyte) culture method Vitreous cells are described in Somer F, Pollonger K, et al. Culture is performed according to the method reported in Grafes Arch Clin Exp Ophthalmol, 2008. First, the vitreous was collected from monkey eyes and washed 3 times with DMEM supplemented with 1% penicillin / streptomycin. Apply to 1 mg / ml collagenase and incubate overnight at 37 ° C. with rotation. After centrifugation, the supernatant is removed and washed with DMEM supplemented with 1% penicillin / streptomycin. Add DMEM + 10% FBS, 1% P / S and seed in culture dishes.
- Example 14 Experiments with other cells
- the proliferation effect of R-spondins is confirmed on nerve cells, conjunctival epithelium, amniotic epithelium, oral mucosal epithelium, and nasal mucosal epithelium.
- the culture method can be performed according to a known method. In each culture method, it can be confirmed that the effect on proliferation is promoted by culturing in the presence or absence of R-spondins according to the above examples.
- Example 15 Formulation Example: Corneal Preservation Solution Containing Growth Stimulation or Differentiation Control Agent
- a corneal preservation solution containing the culture normalizing agent of the present invention is produced as follows.
- R-spondin 1 10-500 ng / ml (adjust as appropriate)
- Optisol-GS (Bausch-Lomb) adequate amount 100mL
- Each component was purchased from R & D Systems Inc. (Minneapolis, MN).
- R-spondin 1 10-500 ng / ml (adjust as appropriate) Sodium chloride 0.85g Sodium dihydrogen phosphate dihydrate 0.1g Benzalkonium chloride 0.005g Sodium hydroxide appropriate amount Purified water appropriate amount Total amount 100 mg (pH 7.0).
- O Eye drops can be diluted with a base.
- composition of the substrate is as follows.
- O Differentiation markers for eye cells and differentiation control technology are provided, and technologies that can be used in industries related to the technology related to corneal transplantation (cell culture industry, pharmaceuticals, etc.) are provided.
- SEQ ID NO: 1 Gene encoding human GPR49 / LGR5 (OMIM: 606667; NM_003667.2)
- SEQ ID NO: 2 Amino acid sequence of human GPR49 / LGR5 (OMIM: 606667; NP_003658.1)
- SEQ ID NO: 3 R-spondin 1 (RSPO1) (OMIM: 609595; NM_001038633) (transscript variant 1)
- SEQ ID NO: 4: R-spondin 1 (RSPO1) (OMIM: 6095595; NM_001038633) (transscript variant 1)
- Gene sequence encoding R-spondin 2 (RSPO2) (OMIM: 610575; NM — 178565)
- SEQ ID NO: 7: R-spondin 3 (RSPO3) OMIM: 610574; NM
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
- Developmental Biology & Embryology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
Abstract
Description
(a)配列番号1に記載の塩基配列またはそのフラグメント配列を有するポリヌクレオチド;
(b)配列番号2に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントをコードするポリヌクレオチド;
(c)配列番号2に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が、置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有する改変体ポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントであって、生物学的活性を有する改変体ポリペプチドをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(d)配列番号1に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体もしくは対立遺伝子変異体またはそのフラグメントである、ポリヌクレオチド;
(e)配列番号2に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドの種相同体またはそのフラグメントをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(f)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドにストリンジェント条件下でハイブリダイズし、かつ生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチド;または
(g)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドまたはその相補配列に対する同一性が少なくとも70%である塩基配列からなり、かつ、生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチド
であり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、GPR49/LGR5の有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号2に記載のアミノ酸配列またはそのフラグメントからなる、ポリペプチド;
(b)配列番号2に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド;
(c)配列番号1に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体または対立遺伝子変異体によってコードされる、ポリペプチド;
(d)配列番号2に記載のアミノ酸配列の種相同体である、ポリペプチド;または
(e)(a)~(d)のいずれか1つのポリペプチドに対する同一性が少なくとも70%であるアミノ酸配列を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド、
であり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、GPR49/LGR5の有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号3、35、37または39に記載の塩基配列またはそのフラグメント配列を有するポリヌクレオチド;
(b)配列番号4、36、38または40に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントをコードするポリヌクレオチド;
(c)配列番号4、36、38または40に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が、置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有する改変体ポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントであって、生物学的活性を有する改変体ポリペプチドをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(d)配列番号3、35、37または39に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体もしくは対立遺伝子変異体またはそのフラグメントである、ポリヌクレオチド;
(e)配列番号4、36、38または40に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドの種相同体またはそのフラグメントをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(f)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドにストリンジェント条件下でハイブリダイズし、かつ生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチド;または
(g)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドまたはその相補配列に対する同一性が少なくとも70%である塩基配列からなり、かつ、生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチドであり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、R−spondin 1の有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号4、36、38または40に記載のアミノ酸配列またはそのフラグメントからなる、ポリペプチド;
(b)配列番号4、36、38または40に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド;
(c)配列番号3、35、37または39に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体または対立遺伝子変異体によってコードされる、ポリペプチド;
(d)配列番号4、36、38または40に記載のアミノ酸配列の種相同体である、ポリペプチド;または
(e)(a)~(d)のいずれか1つのポリペプチドに対する同一性が少なくとも70%であるアミノ酸配列を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド、
であり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、R−spondin 1の有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号5に記載の塩基配列またはそのフラグメント配列を有するポリヌクレオチド;
(b)配列番号6に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントをコードするポリヌクレオチド;
(c)配列番号6に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が、置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有する改変体ポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントであって、生物学的活性を有する改変体ポリペプチドをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(d)配列番号5に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体もしくは対立遺伝子変異体またはそのフラグメントである、ポリヌクレオチド;
(e)配列番号6に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドの種相同体またはそのフラグメントをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(f)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドにストリンジェント条件下でハイブリダイズし、かつ生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチド;または
(g)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドまたはその相補配列に対する同一性が少なくとも70%である塩基配列からなり、かつ、生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチドであり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、R−spondin 2の有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号6に記載のアミノ酸配列またはそのフラグメントからなる、ポリペプチド;
(b)配列番号6に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド;
(c)配列番号5に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体または対立遺伝子変異体によってコードされる、ポリペプチド;
(d)配列番号6に記載のアミノ酸配列の種相同体である、ポリペプチド;または
(e)(a)~(d)のいずれか1つのポリペプチドに対する同一性が少なくとも70%であるアミノ酸配列を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド、
であり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、R−spondin 2の有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号7に記載の塩基配列またはそのフラグメント配列を有するポリヌクレオチド;
(b)配列番号8に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントをコードするポリヌクレオチド;
(c)配列番号8に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が、置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有する改変体ポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントであって、生物学的活性を有する改変体ポリペプチドをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(d)配列番号7に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体もしくは対立遺伝子変異体またはそのフラグメントである、ポリヌクレオチド;
(e)配列番号8に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドの種相同体またはそのフラグメントをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(f)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドにストリンジェント条件下でハイブリダイズし、かつ生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチド;または
(g)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドまたはその相補配列に対する同一性が少なくとも70%である塩基配列からなり、かつ、生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチドであり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、R−spondin 3の有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号8に記載のアミノ酸配列またはそのフラグメントからなる、ポリペプチド;
(b)配列番号8に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド;
(c)配列番号7に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体または対立遺伝子変異体によってコードされる、ポリペプチド;
(d)配列番号8に記載のアミノ酸配列の種相同体である、ポリペプチド;または
(e)(a)~(d)のいずれか1つのポリペプチドに対する同一性が少なくとも70%であるアミノ酸配列を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド、
であり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、R−spondin 3の有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号9または41に記載の塩基配列またはそのフラグメント配列を有するポリヌクレオチド;
(b)配列番号10または42に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントをコードするポリヌクレオチド;
(c)配列番号10または42に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が、置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有する改変体ポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントであって、生物学的活性を有する改変体ポリペプチドをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(d)配列番号9または41に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体もしくは対立遺伝子変異体またはそのフラグメントである、ポリヌクレオチド;
(e)配列番号10または42に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドの種相同体またはそのフラグメントをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(f)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドにストリンジェント条件下でハイブリダイズし、かつ生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチド;または
(g)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドまたはその相補配列に対する同一性が少なくとも70%である塩基配列からなり、かつ、生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチドであり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、R−spondin 4の有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号10または42に記載のアミノ酸配列またはそのフラグメントからなる、ポリペプチド;
(b)配列番号10または42に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド;
(c)配列番号9または41に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体または対立遺伝子変異体によってコードされる、ポリペプチド;
(d)配列番号10または42に記載のアミノ酸配列の種相同体である、ポリペプチド;または
(e)(a)~(d)のいずれか1つのポリペプチドに対する同一性が少なくとも70%であるアミノ酸配列を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド、
であり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、R−spondin 4の有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号11に記載の塩基配列またはそのフラグメント配列を有するポリヌクレオチド;
(b)配列番号12に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントをコードするポリヌクレオチド;
(c)配列番号12に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が、置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有する改変体ポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントであって、生物学的活性を有する改変体ポリペプチドをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(d)配列番号11に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体もしくは対立遺伝子変異体またはそのフラグメントである、ポリヌクレオチド;
(e)配列番号12に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドの種相同体またはそのフラグメントをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(f)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドにストリンジェント条件下でハイブリダイズし、かつ生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチド;または
(g)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドまたはその相補配列に対する同一性が少なくとも70%である塩基配列からなり、かつ、生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチドであり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、SHHの有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号12に記載のアミノ酸配列またはそのフラグメントからなる、ポリペプチド;
(b)配列番号12に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド;
(c)配列番号11に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体または対立遺伝子変異体によってコードされる、ポリペプチド;
(d)配列番号12に記載のアミノ酸配列の種相同体である、ポリペプチド;または
(e)(a)~(d)のいずれか1つのポリペプチドに対する同一性が少なくとも70%であるアミノ酸配列を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド、であり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、SHHの有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号43<NM_001083602.1>に記載の塩基配列またはそのフラグメント配列を有するポリヌクレオチド;
(b)配列番号44に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントをコードするポリヌクレオチド;
(c)配列番号44に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が、置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有する改変体ポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントであって、生物学的活性を有する改変体ポリペプチドをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(d)配列番号43に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体もしくは対立遺伝子変異体またはそのフラグメントである、ポリヌクレオチド;
(e)配列番号44に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドの種相同体またはそのフラグメントをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(f)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドにストリンジェント条件下でハイブリダイズし、かつ生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチド;または
(g)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドまたはその相補配列に対する同一性が少なくとも70%である塩基配列からなり、かつ、生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチドであり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、PTCH1の有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号44に記載のアミノ酸配列またはそのフラグメントからなる、ポリペプチド;
(b)配列番号44に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド;
(c)配列番号43に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体または対立遺伝子変異体によってコードされる、ポリペプチド;
(d)配列番号44に記載のアミノ酸配列の種相同体である、ポリペプチド;または
(e)(a)~(d)のいずれか1つのポリペプチドに対する同一性が少なくとも70%であるアミノ酸配列を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド、
であり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、PTCH1の有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号45<NM_001167609.1>に記載の塩基配列またはそのフラグメント配列を有するポリヌクレオチド;
(b)配列番号46に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントをコードするポリヌクレオチド;
(c)配列番号46に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が、置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有する改変体ポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントであって、生物学的活性を有する改変体ポリペプチドをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(d)配列番号45に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体もしくは対立遺伝子変異体またはそのフラグメントである、ポリヌクレオチド;
(e)配列番号46に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドの種相同体またはそのフラグメントをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(f)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドにストリンジェント条件下でハイブリダイズし、かつ生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチド;または
(g)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドまたはその相補配列に対する同一性が少なくとも70%である塩基配列からなり、かつ、生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチドであり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、GLI1の有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号46に記載のアミノ酸配列またはそのフラグメントからなる、ポリペプチド;
(b)配列番号46に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド;
(c)配列番号45に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体または対立遺伝子変異体によってコードされる、ポリペプチド;
(d)配列番号46に記載のアミノ酸配列の種相同体である、ポリペプチド;または
(e)(a)~(d)のいずれか1つのポリペプチドに対する同一性が少なくとも70%であるアミノ酸配列を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド、
であり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、GLI1の有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号47<NM_005270.4>に記載の塩基配列またはそのフラグメント配列を有するポリヌクレオチド;
(b)配列番号48に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントをコードするポリヌクレオチド;
(c)配列番号48に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が、置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有する改変体ポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントであって、生物学的活性を有する改変体ポリペプチドをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(d)配列番号47に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体もしくは対立遺伝子変異体またはそのフラグメントである、ポリヌクレオチド;
(e)配列番号48に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドの種相同体またはそのフラグメントをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(f)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドにストリンジェント条件下でハイブリダイズし、かつ生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチド;または
(g)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドまたはその相補配列に対する同一性が少なくとも70%である塩基配列からなり、かつ、生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチドであり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、GLI2の有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号48に記載のアミノ酸配列またはそのフラグメントからなる、ポリペプチド;
(b)配列番号48に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド;
(c)配列番号47に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体または対立遺伝子変異体によってコードされる、ポリペプチド;
(d)配列番号48に記載のアミノ酸配列の種相同体である、ポリペプチド;または
(e)(a)~(d)のいずれか1つのポリペプチドに対する同一性が少なくとも70%であるアミノ酸配列を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド、
であり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、GLI2の有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号49<NM_002336.2>に記載の塩基配列またはそのフラグメント配列を有するポリヌクレオチド;
(b)配列番号50に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントをコードするポリヌクレオチド;
(c)配列番号50に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が、置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有する改変体ポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントであって、生物学的活性を有する改変体ポリペプチドをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(d)配列番号49に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体もしくは対立遺伝子変異体またはそのフラグメントである、ポリヌクレオチド;
(e)配列番号50に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドの種相同体またはそのフラグメントをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(f)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドにストリンジェント条件下でハイブリダイズし、かつ生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチド;または
(g)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドまたはその相補配列に対する同一性が少なくとも70%である塩基配列からなり、かつ、生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチドであり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、LRP6の有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号50に記載のアミノ酸配列またはそのフラグメントからなる、ポリペプチド;
(b)配列番号50に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド;
(c)配列番号49に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体または対立遺伝子変異体によってコードされる、ポリペプチド;
(d)配列番号50に記載のアミノ酸配列の種相同体である、ポリペプチド;または
(e)(a)~(d)のいずれか1つのポリペプチドに対する同一性が少なくとも70%であるアミノ酸配列を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド、
であり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、LRP6の有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号51<NM_131059.2>に記載の塩基配列またはそのフラグメント配列を有するポリヌクレオチド;
(b)配列番号52に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントをコードするポリヌクレオチド;
(c)配列番号52に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が、置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有する改変体ポリペプチドまたはそのフラグメントであって、生物学的活性を有する改変体ポリペプチドをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(d)配列番号51に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体もしくは対立遺伝子変異体またはそのフラグメントである、ポリヌクレオチド;
(e)配列番号52に記載のアミノ酸配列からなるポリペプチドの種相同体またはそのフラグメントをコードする、ポリヌクレオチド;
(f)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドにストリンジェント条件下でハイブリダイズし、かつ生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチド;または
(g)(a)~(e)のいずれか1つのポリヌクレオチドまたはその相補配列に対する同一性が少なくとも70%である塩基配列からなり、かつ、生物学的活性を有するポリペプチドをコードするポリヌクレオチド
であり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、β−カテニンの有する活性をいう。
(a)配列番号52に記載のアミノ酸配列またはそのフラグメントからなる、ポリペプチド;
(b)配列番号52に記載のアミノ酸配列において、1以上のアミノ酸が置換、付加および欠失からなる群より選択される1つの変異を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド;
(c)配列番号51に記載の塩基配列のスプライス変異体または対立遺伝子変異体によってコードされる、ポリペプチド;
(d)配列番号52に記載のアミノ酸配列の種相同体である、ポリペプチド;または
(e)(a)~(d)のいずれか1つのポリペプチドに対する同一性が少なくとも70%であるアミノ酸配列を有し、かつ、生物学的活性を有する、ポリペプチド、
であり得る。ここで、生物学的活性とは、代表的に、β−カテニンの有する活性をいう。
以下に本発明の好ましい実施形態を説明する。以下に提供される実施形態は、本発明のよりよい理解のために提供されるものであり、本発明の範囲は以下の記載に限定されるべきでないことが理解される。従って、当業者は、本明細書中の記載を参酌して、本発明の範囲内で適宜改変を行うことができることは明らかである。
1つの局面において、本発明は、R−spondin類、SHH、SHHのアゴニスト(例えば、プルモルファミン等のFrizzledファミリーのアゴニスト)、GPR49/LGR5を抑制する因子およびそれらの機能的等価物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含む、細胞の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤を提供する。本発明が対象とする細胞は、特に限定されるものではないが、眼細胞、神経堤細胞由来の細胞(角膜内皮細胞を含む)を含む神経細胞、結膜上皮、羊膜上皮、口腔粘膜上皮、鼻粘膜上皮、角膜上皮細胞等の上皮細胞等を挙げることができる。好ましい実施形態では、本発明が対象とする細胞は眼細胞である。本発明が対象とする眼細胞には、網膜細胞、硝子体細胞、角膜上皮細胞、角膜実質細胞および角膜内皮細胞等が含まれうるが、これらに限定されない。R−spondin類の機能的等価物は、例えば、R−spondin類の変異体または改変体(例えば、アミノ酸配列改変体等)であって、眼細胞等の分化制御および/または増殖促進作用を有するもの、作用する時点において、R−spondin類自体またはこのR−spondin類の変異体もしくは改変体に変化することができるもの(例えば、R−spondin類自体またはR−spondin類の変異体もしくは改変体をコードする核酸、およびその核酸を含むベクター、細胞等を含む)が包含される。SHHの機能的等価物には、SHHの変異体または改変体(例えば、アミノ酸配列改変体等)であって、眼細胞等の分化制御および/または増殖促進作用を有するもの、または本明細書に記載されるマーカーとしての機能を有するもの、ならびに、作用する時点において、SHH自体またはこのSHHの変異体もしくは改変体に変化することができるもの(例えば、SHH自体またはSHHの変異体もしくは改変体をコードする核酸、およびその核酸を含むベクター、細胞等を含む)が包含される。SHHのアゴニスト(例えば、プルモルファミン等のFrizzledファミリーのアゴニスト)の機能的等価物には、SHHのアゴニスト(例えば、プルモルファミン等のFrizzledファミリーのアゴニスト)の変異体または改変体(例えば、合成改変体等)であって、眼細胞等の分化制御および/または増殖促進作用を有するもの、または本明細書に記載されるマーカーとしての機能を有するもの、ならびに、作用する時点において、SHHのアゴニスト(例えば、プルモルファミン等のFrizzledファミリーのアゴニスト)自体またはこのSHHのアゴニスト(例えば、プルモルファミン等のFrizzledファミリーのアゴニスト)の変異体もしくは改変体に変化することができるもの(例えば、エステル等の前駆体またはプロドラッグ)が包含される。GPR49/LGR5を抑制する因子の機能的等価物には、GPR49/LGR5を抑制する因子の変異体または改変体(例えば、合成改変体等)であって、作用する時点において、眼細胞等の分化制御および/または増殖促進作用を有するように変化するもの(変化してGPR49/LGR5を抑制する因子に変化することができるもの(例えば、エステル等の前駆体またはプロドラッグ))が包含される。
別の局面において、本発明は、本発明の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤を含む、細胞保存または細胞培養のための組成物を提供する。本発明で使用される分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤は、(分化抑制および/または増殖促進)の項および他の項に記載される任意の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤であってよい。また、本発明が対象とする細胞は、細胞保存または細胞培養を目的とするものであり、(分化抑制および/または増殖促進)の項および他の項に記載される任意の細胞の実施形態でよいことが理解される。すなわち、本発明が対象とする細胞は、特に限定されるものではないが、細胞保存または細胞培養を目的とするものであり、眼細胞、神経堤細胞由来の細胞(角膜内皮細胞を含む)を含む神経細胞、結膜上皮、羊膜上皮、口腔粘膜上皮、鼻粘膜上皮、角膜上皮細胞等の上皮細胞等を挙げることができる。好ましい実施形態では、本発明が対象とする細胞は眼細胞である。本発明が対象とする眼細胞には、細胞保存または細胞培養を目的とするものであり、網膜細胞、硝子体細胞、角膜上皮細胞、角膜実質細胞および角膜内皮細胞等が含まれうるが、これらに限定されない。
別の局面において、本発明は、本発明の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤を含む、細胞の障害の治療またはその細胞の障害の進行予防のための医薬組成物を提供する。本発明で使用される分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤は、(分化抑制および/または増殖促進)の項および他の項に記載される任意の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤であってよい。また、本発明が対象とする細胞は、細胞の障害の治療またはその細胞の障害の進行予防を目的とするものである限り、(分化抑制および/または増殖促進)の項および他の項に記載される任意の細胞の実施形態でよいことが理解される。すなわち、本発明が対象とする細胞は、特に限定されるものではないが、細胞の障害の治療またはその細胞の障害の進行予防を目的とするものである限り、眼細胞、神経堤細胞由来の細胞(角膜内皮細胞を含む)を含む神経細胞、結膜上皮、羊膜上皮、口腔粘膜上皮、鼻粘膜上皮、角膜上皮細胞等の上皮細胞等を挙げることができる。好ましい実施形態では、本発明が対象とする細胞は眼細胞である。本発明が対象とする眼細胞には、網膜細胞、硝子体細胞、角膜上皮細胞、角膜実質細胞および角膜内皮細胞等が含まれうるが、これらに限定されない。
別の局面では、本発明は、本発明の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤を用いて培養された細胞を含む、その細胞の障害またはその細胞障害に起因する疾患または障害の治療剤または進行予防剤を提供する。本発明で使用される分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤は、(分化抑制および/または増殖促進)の項および他の項に記載される任意の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤であってよい。また、本発明が対象とする細胞は、(分化抑制および/または増殖促進)の項および他の項に記載される任意の細胞の実施形態でよいことが理解される。すなわち、本発明が対象とする細胞は、特に限定されるものではないが、眼細胞、神経堤細胞由来の細胞(角膜内皮細胞を含む)を含む神経細胞、結膜上皮、羊膜上皮、口腔粘膜上皮、鼻粘膜上皮、角膜上皮細胞等の上皮細胞等を挙げることができる。好ましい実施形態では、本発明が対象とする細胞は眼細胞である。本発明が対象とする眼細胞には、網膜細胞、硝子体細胞、角膜上皮細胞、角膜実質細胞および角膜内皮細胞等が含まれうるが、これらに限定されない。
1つの局面において、本発明は、GPR49/LGR5および/またはSHH、PTCH1、GLI1、GLI2等のヘッジホッグ経路の因子および/またはLRP6、β−カテニン等のWnt経路の因子を含む、角膜内皮細胞のうち増殖能の高い細胞および/または分化能を識別するためのマーカーを提供する。GPR49/LGR5、SHH、PTCH1、GLI1、GLI2等のヘッジホッグ経路の因子およびLRP6、β−カテニン等のWnt経路の因子は生体内に存在するものであり、増殖能の高い細胞および/または分化能の指標マーカーとして用いることができることが本発明において見出された。
遺伝子を検出する公知の方法において、常法に従ってプライマーおよびプライマーセットとして利用することができる。
本発明による検出方法は、角膜内皮細胞に存在する増殖能の高いおよび/あるいは未分化の細胞への分化誘導に有効な物質のスクリーニングに適用することができる。すなわち、被験物質の添加により、角膜内皮細胞に存在する増殖能の高いおよび/あるいは未分化の細胞に分化誘導されたか否かを、GPR49/LGR5および/またはSHH、PTCH1、GLI1、GLI2等のヘッジホッグ経路の因子および/またはLRP6、β−カテニン等のWnt経路の因子の発現を指標として判定することにより、角膜内皮細胞に存在する増殖能の高いおよび/あるいは未分化の細胞への分化誘導に有効な物質をスクリーニングすることができる。
本明細書において用いられる分子生物学的手法、生化学的手法、微生物学的手法は、当該分野において周知であり慣用されるものであり、例えば、Sambrook J.et al.(1989).Molecular Cloning:A Laboratory Manual,Cold Spring Harborおよびその3rd Ed.(2001);Ausubel,F.M.(1987).Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,Greene Pub.Associates and Wiley−Interscience;Ausubel,F.M.(1989).Short Protocols inMolecular Biology:A Compendium of Methods from Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,Greene Pub.Associates and Wiley−Interscience;Innis,M.A.(1990).PCR Protocols:A Guide to Methods and Applications,Academic Press;Ausubel,F.M.(1992).Short Protocols in Molecular Biology:A Compendium of Methods from Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,Greene Pub.Associates;Ausubel,F.M.(1995).Short Protocols in Molecular Biology:A Compendium of Methods from Current Protocols in MolecularBiology,Greene Pub.Associates;Innis,M.A.et al.(1995).PCR Strategies,Academic Press;Ausubel,F.M.(1999).Short Protocols in Molecular Biology:A Compendium ofMethods from Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,Wiley,and annual updates;Sninsky,J.J.et al.(1999).PCR Applications:Protocols for Functional Genomics,Academic Press、別冊実験医学「遺伝子導入&発現解析実験法」羊土社、1997などに記載されており、これらは本明細書において関連する部分(全部であり得る)が参考として援用される。
(材料)
(角膜組織)
本実験で使用した全てのヒト角膜組織はアメリカシアトルアイバンクのSightLifeTM(Northwest Lions Foudation)より輸入されたものを使用した。また,全てのサル角膜組織は,他の研究目的により安楽死したカニクイザル(日精バイリス株式会社滋賀研究所(NisseiBilis Co.,Ltd.)Ohtsu,Japan、株式会社ケアリー(Keari Co.,Ltd.)Wakayama,Japan)の角膜を使用した。全ての角膜を、保存培地(Optisol;Chiron Vision Corporation,Irvine,CA)中、4℃で保存した。全ての実験は、ヘルシンキ宣言の教義にしたがって実施した。
ヒト角膜内皮細胞初代培養では,角膜組織から内皮細胞層を含むデスメ膜を剥離し,OPTIMEM−Iに溶解した2mg/ml Collagenase A(カタログ番号:70164923;Roche Applied Science,Penzberg,Germany)に入れて37℃でインキュベートした。3時間後,1000rpmで5分間遠心分離して上清を除去後、沈殿している角膜内皮細胞塊に培養培地を加えて混和し、FNC Coating Mix(カタログ番号:0407;Athena Enzyme Systems,Baltimore,MD,USA)をコートした12ウェルプレートへ全量を播種した。培養培地はOPTIMEM−I(カタログ番号:51985;Gibco−Invitrogen,Carlsbad,CA)に5%ウシ胎仔血清(カタログ番号:10437−028;fetal bovine serum;FBS;BioWest,France)、50μg/ml Gentamicin(Invtirogen)、10μg/ml Y−27632(Calbiochem,La Jolla,CA)を加えたものを使用した。
免疫組織化学研究は、本発明者らが以前に記載した方法[Nakamura T et al.,Stem Cells.,2007;25:628−638;Nakamura T et al.,Stem Cells.,2008;26:1265−1274]に従って行った。
リアルタイムPCR実験は、本発明者らが以前に記載した方法[Nakamura T et al.,Stem Cells..2007;25:628−638]に従って行った。
培養サル角膜内皮細胞をFNC Coating Mixをコートした6−ウェルプレートへ播種し、37℃で5%CO2の条件下にて14日間培養した。TrypLETM Selectにて細胞を剥離して回収した。GPR49/LGR5陽性細胞の分取のために、回収した細胞に1% BSAを加え、室温15分間インキュベートしてブロッキングした。一次抗体は抗ウサギGPR49/LGR5とAlexaTM Fluor 488標識ヤギ抗ウサギIgG<いずれも上記実施例参照>を使用し、各々室温で20分間インキュベートした。フローサイトメーター(FACS Aria II(BD Biosciences,Franklin Lakes,NJ))を使用してGPR49/LGR5陽性細胞とGPR49/LGR5陰性細胞を分取し、各細胞を8ウェルチャンバースライドへ播種して培養した。3日間後、抗マウスKi−67にて免疫染色し、Ki−67陽性細胞数を計測した。
各々の単離細胞画分を遠心分離して、培養培地中に再懸濁させた。細胞(約100細胞/ml)を、6ウェルプレート内に入れ、倒立顕微鏡下で撮像した。細胞の面積を、Scion Imageソフトウェアを用いて無作為に測定し(200細胞/画分)、統計解析を行った[Nakamura T et al.,Stem Cells.,2007;25:628−638]。
GPR49/LGR5shRNAウイルスベクターを含むレンチウイルスパーティクルを作製するために、GPR49/LGR5 MISSION(登録商標)shRNA Plasmid DNA(Sigma−Aldrich)を購入した(表2)。
目的の遺伝子を発現するレンチウイルスプラスミドベクターの構築のために、市販のレンチウイルスベクター(pLenti6.3_V5−TOPO;Invitrogen)を使用した。特定の遺伝子の全コード配列を包囲するプライマー対を用いたcDNAを増幅し、ゲル精製し、次いで、レンチウイルスプラスミドベクター内にライゲーションした。
感染能を持つウイルス粒子を含む培養上清を回収し、FNC Coating Mix(登録商標)を含む6ウェルプレート中5000細胞/ウェルのヒトCECへと移した。上清は、4μg/mlポリブレンの存在下で培養CEC上に適用した。ピューロマイシン耐性コロニーを集める際、細胞は0.4μg/mlのピューロマイシンの存在下で培養し、そして、培地を2日おきに交換した。
ウェスタンブロッティングには、以下のウサギポリクローナル抗体:抗LRP6、p−LRP6(Cell Signaling Technology,Inc.,Beverly,MA)と、以下のマウスモノクローナル抗体:β−カテニン(BD Biosciences)およびβ−アクチン(Sigma−Aldrich,St.Louis,MO)を使用した。二次抗体は、HRP標識抗ウサギまたはマウスIgG(GE Healthcare,Piscataway,NJ)を使用した。組換えヒトSHH、プルモルファミン、シクロパミンおよびRSposは、R&D Systems Inc.(Minneapolis,MN)から購入した。
ヒトCECにおけるGPR49/LGR5のインビボ発現パターンを、間接的免疫蛍光法によって調べた。比較のために、未熟細胞および前駆細胞のマーカーであるネスチンおよびATP結合化セットサブファミリーGメンバー2(ABCG2)もまた調べた。
本実施例では、培養ヒト角膜内皮細胞におけるGPR49/LGR5発現を調べた。
サル角膜内皮細胞はヒトと同様に生体内での増殖能に乏しい性質をもつが、安定した継代培養方法の確立に成功している(Okumura et al.,IOVS 2009,Vol.50,No.8,3680−3687)。そこで、サル角膜内皮細胞を継代培養したときのGPR49/LGR5の発現量を評価した。
GPR49/LGR5陽性角膜内皮細胞の細胞生物学的特徴を検討するため、FACSを用いて解析を行った。GPR49/LGR5の発現を維持した状態で継代培養できることが確認された培養サル角膜内皮細胞を使用し、GPR49/LGR5陽性細胞(GPR49/LGR5+)とGPR49/LGR5陰性細胞(GPR49/LGR5−)の細胞サイズおよび増殖能を比較検討した。
本実施例ではGPR49/LGR5がヘッジホッグシグナルにおける機能を調べた。
GPR49/LGR5とヘッジホッグシグナルの関連性を明らかにするために、GPR49/LGR5を高発現している培養サル角膜内皮細胞を用いて、shRNAによるGPR49/LGR5の発現抑制を試みた。
角膜内皮細胞におけるGPR49/LGR5の機能を解析するために、通常の培養条件ではGPR49/LGR5発現が著しく低下する培養ヒト角膜内皮細胞を用いて、遺伝子導入法によるGPR49/LGR5の強制発現を試みた。
上記実施例により、GPR49/LGR5は角膜組織周辺部に存在する角膜内皮細胞の幹細胞・前駆細胞に特異的に発現していることを明らかになった。また、ヘッジホッグシグナルは角膜内皮細胞の増殖を促進する働きがあるが、ヘッジホッグシグナルの下流遺伝子であるGPR49/LGR5は、ヘッジホッグシグナルに対し抑制的働くことで細胞の未分化性維持に重要な役割を果たしていることが明らかになった。
要約すると、角膜内皮細胞はSonic hedgehogをリガンドとしたヘッジホッグシグナルにより、生体内での細胞増殖が制御されている可能性がある。また、ヘッジホッグシグナルのターゲット遺伝子であるGPR49/LGR5は、角膜内皮細胞の未分化性維持機構に関与していると考えている。
(GPR49/LGR5のダウンレギュレーションは、CECの増殖を減少させた)
CECに対するGPR49/LGR5の直接作用は、shRNAによるGPR49/LGR5のノックダウンによって解明した。培養ヒトCECがめったにGPR49/LGR5を発現しない(図3a、b)という事実に起因して、この実験には、霊長類の培養CECを使用した。shRNAの9つのセットを設計し、そのノックダウン能の有効性を検討した。これらのうち、shRNA−589が、GPR49/LGR5 mRNA発現をノックダウンするのに最も有効(約60%のノックダウン)であることが分かった(図6AのA)。Ptch1、Gli1およびGli2についてのリアルタイムPCRは、shLGR5群とコントロールとの間に有意差が見られないことを示した(図6AのA)。CEC増殖に対するGPR49/LGR5遺伝子ノックダウンの影響を実証するために、Ki67についての免疫細胞化学研究を実施した。コントロールと比較すると、shLGR5処理細胞の細胞形態は、劇的に変化してはいなかったが、shLGR5処理細胞におけるKi67(+)細胞の数は、大きく減少していた(図6AのB)。これらの知見は、GPR49/LGR5のダウンレギュレーションは、HH経路に対して影響を有さないが、インビトロでのCEC増殖を減少させることを示した。
CECに対する永続的なGPR49/LGR5発現の直接的な作用を調べるために、本発明者らは、CMV−LGR5−mRFPを含むレンチウイルスを用いて、GPR49/LGR5を過剰発現させようと試みた。この実験では、ヒト培養CECを使用した。なぜなら、これらが、GPR49/LGR5をめったに発現しない(図3a)からである。リアルタイムPCRは、GPR49/LGR5をトランスフェクトした細胞におけるGPR49/LGR5の発現が、NTベクターをトランスフェクトした細胞における発現の約60倍高いことを示した(図6BのB)。免疫蛍光法を用いると、GPR49/LGR5をトランスフェクトした細胞におけるGPR49/LGR5の発現が、NT細胞における発現と比較して上昇していることが確認された(図6BのA)。非常に興味深いことに、GPR49/LGR5をトランスフェクトした細胞におけるHHシグナル伝達分子の相対的mRNAレベルは、NT細胞におけるものと比較してダウンレギュレートされており(図6BのB)、GPR49/LGR5がHH経路のネガティブフィードバック調節因子として機能すると理解される。
これまでに、GPR49/LGR5は、Gタンパク質共役型受容体スーパーファミリーのオーファン受容体であり、そのリガンドは未知であった。しかしながら、いくつかの近年の報告は、RSPOがGPR49/LGR5のリガンドとして機能して、Wnt/β−カテニンシグナル伝達を調節することを実証した[Carmon KS et al.、Proc Natl Acad Sci USA.,2011;108:11452−11457;de Lau W et al.、Nature,2011;476:293−297;Glinka A et al.、EMBO Rep.,2011;12:1055−1061]。興味深いことに、本発明者らは、RSPO1、2、3および4が、角膜の上皮、実質および内皮の細胞において発現され、そして、RSPO1、2および3は、周辺部領域のCECにおいてのみ発現されることを発見した(図6CのA)。CEC分化に対するRSPOの機能を決定するために、本発明者らは、霊長類CECを、ヒト組換えRSPOとともに、または、ヒト組換えRSPOなしで培養した。特筆すべきことに、RSPO1で処理した培養ヒトCECのみが、コンパクトなより小さな大きさの均質な六角形の細胞を示し、他方で、他のRSPOは、インビトロでのCEC分化に対して影響を有さなかった(図6CのB)。CEC増殖に対するRSPOの機能を決定するために、本発明者らは、Ki67についての免疫組織化学研究を実施した。最も驚くべきかつ非常に興味深いことに、RSPO1とともにインキュベートしたCECは、他のRSPOと比較して劇的に増大したレベルのKi67(+)細胞比を示した(図6CのC)。これらの知見を考慮し、本発明者らは、RSPOファミリーの中でも、RSPO1が特に、CECの維持において重要な役割を果たし得ると考えた。
大部分の哺乳動物は、角膜をとして外部情報の大部分を獲得するので、角膜組織は極めて重要である。近年、角膜移植手技が現在、角膜形成術から角膜内皮移植術へのパラダイムシフトを経ているという事実から、CECが特に注目を集めている。それゆえ、科学的そして臨床的に、世界中の角膜関連の失明を処置するための次世代の新規治療を確立するためには、角膜内皮幹細胞/前駆細胞の分子機構を理解することがかなり重要である。しかしながら、これらの分子機構については現在、ごくわずかしか知られていない。
結論として、本研究の知見は、ヒトCECにおけるGPR49/LGR5の機能を初めて実証するものである(図6D)。GPR49/LGR5は、多数の幹細胞/前駆細胞集団を同定する際の強力なツールとなることが証明された。HHおよびWnt経路を介したGPR49/LGR5の調節により、CECの完全性は十分に体系化され、維持された。加えて、GPR49/LGR5リガンドであるRSPO1は、CECの有効な増大を提供するための新規の十分なプロトコールを開拓し得、RSPO1ベースの三次元培養や医療処置が、角膜機能不全の処置だけでなく、様々な重篤な全身性の疾患の処置のための、再生治療の前途を約束するものであることが理解される。
本実施例では、角膜内皮細胞の培養におけるR−spondin類、特にR−spondin 1の細胞増殖促進効果を検討することを目的として実験を行った。
サル培養角膜内皮細胞にR−spondin 1タンパク質を添加して48時間培養後、Click−iT Edu imaging Kitを用いて増殖中の細胞を検出し、コントロール細胞とR−spondin 1添加細胞のEdUの陽性率および細胞密度を比較した。
Click−iT EdU Imaging Kit(Invitrogen Cat.C10337)
Recombinant Human R−spondin1(R&D Cat.4645−RS)
(使用細胞)
サル培養角膜内皮細胞(Lot.20111222−4 P2)
(実験:サル培養角膜内皮細胞培養におけるR−spondin1の細胞増殖促進効果の検討)
(手順)
(1)サル培養角膜内皮細胞の播種とR−spondin 1の添加
サル培養角膜内皮細胞(Lot.20111222−4 P2)を0.05%トリプシンで37℃10分間処理してT−25フラスコから剥離し、培養培地(10%FBS+bFGF/DMEM)に懸濁。細胞数をカウントし、3×104cells/300μlとなるように培養培地で調整。FNCコートしたLab−TekII chamber Slide(8well)に300ul/wellで播種した。
細胞播種から7日後、細胞がほぼコンフルエントな状態でR−spondin1(0、10、50ng/ml)入りの培地に交換し、R−spondin1添加から24時間後、Click−iT EdUを最終濃度が10μMとなるように添加した。(Kitの説明書には培地を半分変えることを推奨しているが、培地は交換しなかった。)さらに24時間後(R−spondin1添加48時間後)、4%PFA/PBSで固定し、Kitの説明書に従いEdUを検出し、EdU陽性細胞率をカウントした(図8、9)。
染色後のチャンバスライドを位相差顕微鏡で写真撮影を行い、角膜内皮細胞密度計算ソフトKonan Storage System KSS−400EBを用いて細胞密度の計測を行った(図10)。
EdU陽性細胞/DAPIをカウントした結果、コントロールに比べてR−spondin 1を10ng/mlもしくは50ng/mlで添加したウェルでEdU陽性細胞が2倍増加していることが判明した。また細胞密度を測定した結果、コントロールに比べてR−spondin 1を10ng/mlもしくは50ng/mlで添加ウェルで細胞密度が1.3倍高くなっていることが判明した。
サル培養角膜内皮細胞においてR−spondin 1の細胞増殖促進効果が認められた。またヒト培養角膜内皮細胞およびヒト角膜内皮組織でも同様の効果があることが期待される。
R−spondin 1(RSPO1)、R−spondin 2(RSPO2)、R−spondin 3(RSPO3)、R−spondin 4(RSPO4)との角膜内皮細胞の分化との関連性を調べるために、RSPO1を使用して、その関連性について検討した。使用した試薬は以下のとおりであ る。
RSPO2 R&D systemsカタログ番号:3266−RS
RSPO3 R&D systemsカタログ番号:3500−RS
RSPO4 R&D systemsカタログ番号:4575−RS
ヒト培養角膜内皮細胞にRSPO1添加(50ng/ml)、非添加群に分けて37℃5%CO2条件下で7日間培養した。その結果、RSPO1添加群の細胞は、細胞の形態が敷石状に維持されたのに対して、非添加群では、細胞が線維芽細胞様に分化した。以上の結果から、RSPO1は角膜内皮細胞の分化を抑制する効果が認められた。
本実施例では、コンフルエント状態に達した角膜内皮細胞に対してR−spondin類が増殖効果を有するかどうかを確認した。
(入手先および培養方法):ヒト角膜内皮細胞として、シアトルアイバンクから購入した研究用角膜より角膜内皮細胞を基底膜とともに機械的に剥離し、コラゲナーゼ(ROCHEカタログ番号:10 103 586 001)を用いて基底膜よりはがして回収後、初代培養を行った。培地はヒトはOpti−MEM I Reduced−Serum Medium,Liquid(INVITROGENカタログ番号:31985−070)+8%ウシ胎仔血清(FBS)(BIOWEST、カタログ番号:S1820−500)+200mg/ml CaCl2・2H2O(SIGMAカタログ番号:C7902−500G)+0.08%コンドロイチン硫酸(SIGMAカタログ番号:C9819−5G)+20μg/mlアスコルビン酸(SIGMAカタログ番号:A4544−25G)+50μg/mlゲンタマイシン(INVITROGENカタログ番号:15710−064)+5ng/ml EGF(INVITROGENカタログ番号:PHG0311)を3T3フィーダー細胞用に馴化させたものを用いた。
結果を図15に示す。コンフルエントに到達して角膜内皮密度に明らかな変化を認めなくなった時点での平均角膜内皮細胞密度は566.8個/mm2であったが、経時的に密度は上昇し、7日目には約695個/mm2、14日後には約875個/mm2、21日後に995.8個/mm2に到達した。一方で、コントロールとして同ロットの細胞をR−spondin1を含まない培地で同期間である21日間培養した場合は535.4個/mm2であった。
これらの結果は、培養することで容易に密度が減少する角膜内皮細胞において、R−spondin 1を用いて培養することで角膜内皮細胞密度を上昇させることができることを意味する。このことは、培養角膜内皮移植の臨床応用化に向けて、移植後の重要な予後決定因子である角膜内皮密度の高い細胞を移植できることを意味する。角膜内皮の再生医療への有用性に加えて、その他の細胞においてもR−spondin 1を用いることで、より高い機能を持った細胞移植を可能にすることができると理解される。
本実施例では、R−spondin類による角膜組織の処理により、角膜内皮密度を高くした組織を調製することができることを実証する。
別の目的で安楽死させた白色家兎の眼球(ナカライ)を購入して、強角膜片を作成した。強角膜片をDMEM(INVITROGEN、カタログ番号:12320)+10%ウシ胎仔血清(FBS)(BIOWEST、カタログ番号:S1820−500)にて1週間37℃のインキュベーターにて培養した。1週間後に強角膜片を4%パラホルムアルデヒドで10分間室温で固定し、固定した後に細胞増殖のマーカーとしてKi67(Sigma−Aldrich Co.、カタログ番号:P6834)を用いて角膜内皮細胞の免疫染色を行い蛍光顕微鏡にて観察を行った。DAPIにて角膜内皮細胞の核染色を行い、Ki67陽性細胞率を計算した。また、ZO−1にて角膜内皮細胞の免疫染色を行い細胞密度の計算を行った。
結果を図16に示す。R−spondin 1を含む培地にて培養を行った場合は、強角膜片においてもKi67陽性細胞がコントロールと比べて高い割合で認められた。すなわち、Ki67陽性細胞の比率は、R−spondin 1を加えないコントロールでは約1.0%であったのに対して、R−spondin 1 1ng/ml添加時には4.49%、R−spondin 1 10ng/ml時には10.58%、そしてR−spondin 1 100ng/ml添加時には7.94%になった。
角膜移植医療において、角膜組織にR−spondin1を作用させることで、移植後の需要な予後決定因子である角膜内皮密度を高くした組織を移植できることを意味する。角膜移植生医療への有用性に加えて、その他の組織においてもR−spondin1を用いることで、より高い機能を持った組織の移植を可能にすることができると理解される。
本実施例では、角膜実質、上皮、RPE、硝子体等細胞におけるR−spondin類の増殖効果をそれぞれ確認する。その培養法は以下に列挙する。各培養法において、上記実施例に準じてR−spondin類の有無で培養することにより、増殖に対する効果が促進されることを確認することができる。
角膜実質細胞は、Yamamoto M,Quantock AJ,Young RD,Okumura N,Ueno M,Sakamoto Y,Kinoshita S,Koizumi N.Mol Vis.2012;18:1727−39の手法に基づいて培養を行う。簡単に述べると、ウサギ角膜を1.2U・mlディスパーゼ(Invitrogen)で37℃で1時間インキュベートする。その後、角膜上皮および角膜内皮を機械的スクレープにより取り除く。次いで、角膜実質を約1cm2の小片に切断し、これを、1mg/mlのコラゲナーゼA(Roche Diagnostics Japan)および1%ペニシリン−ストレプトマイシンを含むDMEM/F12中で37℃で一晩インキュベートする。1500rpm(440×g)で3分間遠心分離した後、細胞を無細胞培地(10μg/ml、1mM アスコルビン酸、および1%ペニシリン−ストレプトマイシンを含むDMEM/F12)で48時間継続培養する。これによって得られる細胞を用いて実験を行うことができる。
RPE細胞は、Hatanaka H,Koizumi N,et al.Investigative Ophthalmology & Visual Science.2012;53(11):6955−6963の手法に基づいて培養を行う。簡単に述べると、サル網膜色素上皮細胞(MRPEC)は、カニクイザル(年齢3−5歳、ヒトで5−20歳に当たる;Nissei Bilis Co.Ltd.,Otsu Japanから入手)から取り出した眼球の後部領域から培養する。ついで、MRPECをRPECフラグメント(MRPCEの細胞集塊)をヒト胎児RPEについて以前に報告されている手法(Maminishkis A,Chen S,JalickeeS,et al.Confluent monolayers of cultured human fetal retinal pigment epithelium exhibit morphology and physiology of native tissue.Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci.2006;47:3612−3624)に基づいて、分離して調製する。次いで、MRPECをFNC Coating Mix(登録商標)コーティングされたディッシュで、10%FBA、50U/mlのペニシリンおよび50μg/mLのストレプトマイシンを補充したDMEM/F12で培養し、37℃で5%CO2中の加湿環境下でさらに拡大する。次いで、培養培地を2日おきに交換する。細胞が5−7日でコンフルエントに達すると、Ca2+およびMg2+を含まないDulbeccoのリン酸緩衝化生理食塩水(PBS)でリンスし、0.05%トリプシン−EDTA(Life Technologies)でトリプシン処理を37℃で5分間行い、1:2~4の比率で継代培養する。培養したMRPECは、1~3継代のものを、すべての実験について用いる。
羊膜は、京都府立医科大学倫理委員会で承認された方法に従って採取し、研究に使用した。感染症がなく合併症のない帝王切開予定の妊婦から文書による同意を得た後に、帝王切開時に羊膜を無菌的に採取し、洗浄した後に50%クリセロールDMEM溶液に浸漬し−80℃で凍結保存した。次に、Northwest Lion Eye Bank(Seattle,WA,USA)から研究目的に使用する許可を得たヒト強角膜組織から採取した角膜上皮幹細胞の培養を行った。角膜上皮幹細胞を含む培養角膜上皮シートを作成するために、37℃1時間1.2Uディスパーゼを用いて酵素処理により角膜上皮細胞を細胞懸濁液(cell−suspension)として回収した。次に、細胞懸濁液を羊膜上に播種して37℃5%CO2のインキュベーター中に約2週間培養した。
硝子体細胞は、Sommer F,Pollonger K,et al.Graefes Arch Clin Exp Ophthalmol,2008で報告される方法に準じて培養を行う。まず、サル眼球より硝子体を採取、1%ペニシリン・ストレプトマイシンを添加したDMEM3回洗浄した。1mg/mlコラゲナーゼにつけ、37℃でローテーションしながら一晩インキュベートする。遠心分離後、上清を除き、1%ペニシリン・ストレプトマイシンを添加したDMEMで洗浄する。DMEM+10%FBS,1%P/Sを加え、培養ディッシュに播種する。
本実施例では、神経細胞、結膜上皮、羊膜上皮、口腔粘膜上皮、鼻粘膜上皮について、R−spondin類の増殖効果をそれぞれ確認する。その培養法は公知の方法に準じて行うことができる。各培養法において、上記実施例に準じてR−spondin類の有無で培養することにより、増殖に対する効果が促進されることを確認することができる。
本実施例では、製剤例として、本発明の培養正常化剤を含有する角膜保存液を以下のように製造する。
Optisol−GS(Bausch−Lomb)適量
全量 100mL
各成分は、R&D Systems Inc.(Minneapolis,MN)から入手することができる。
点眼剤の調製例
各濃度の被験物質の組成を以下に示す。
塩化ナトリウム 0.85g
リン酸二水素ナトリウム二水和物 0.1g
ベンザルコニウム塩化物 0.005g
水酸化ナトリウム 適量
精製水 適量
全量100mg(pH7.0)。
リン酸二水素ナトリウム二水和物 0.1g
ベンザルコニウム塩化物 0.005g
水酸化ナトリウム 適量
精製水 適量
全量100mg(pH7.0)。
配列番号2:ヒトGPR49/LGR5(OMIM:606667;NP_003658.1)のアミノ酸配列
配列番号3:R−spondin 1(RSPO1)(OMIM:609595;NM_001038633)(transcript variant 1)をコードする遺伝子配列
配列番号4:R−spondin 1(RSPO1)(OMIM:609595;NM_001038633)(transcript variant 1)のアミノ酸配列
配列番号5:R−spondin 2(RSPO2)(OMIM:610575;NM_178565)をコードする遺伝子配列
配列番号6:R−spondin 2(RSPO2)(OMIM:610575;NM_178565)のアミノ酸配列
配列番号7:R−spondin 3(RSPO3)(OMIM:610574;NM_032784)をコードする遺伝子配列
配列番号8:R−spondin 3(RSPO3)(OMIM:610574;NM_032784)のアミノ酸配列
配列番号9:R−spondin 4(RSPO4)(OMIM:610573;NM_001029871)(transcript variant 1)をコードする遺伝子配列
配列番号10:R−spondin 4(RSPO4)(OMIM:610573;NM_001029871)(transcript variant 1)のアミノ酸配列
配列番号11:SHH(SONIC HEDGEHOG)(OMIM:600725;NM_000193)をコードする遺伝子配列
配列番号12:SHH(SONIC HEDGEHOG)(OMIM:600725;NM_000193)のアミノ酸配列
配列番号13:HumanGPR49のForwardプライマー(表1)
配列番号14:HumanGPR49のReverseプライマー(表1)
配列番号15:HumanNestinのForwardプライマー(表1)
配列番号16:HumanNestinのReverseプライマー(表1)
配列番号17:HumanABCG2のForwardプライマー(表1)
配列番号18:HumanABCG2のReverseプライマー(表1)
配列番号19:HumanSHHのForwardプライマー(表1)
配列番号20:HumanSHHのReverseプライマー(表1)
配列番号21:HumanPtch1のForwardプライマー(表1)
配列番号22:HumanPtch1のReverseプライマー(表1)
配列番号23:HumanSmoのForwardプライマー(表1)
配列番号24:HumanSmoのReverseプライマー(表1)
配列番号25:HumanGli1のForwardプライマー(表1)
配列番号26:HumanGli1のReverseプライマー(表1)
配列番号27:HumanGli2のForwardプライマー(表1)
配列番号28:HumanGli2のReverseプライマー(表1)
配列番号29:Humanbeta−actinのForwardプライマー(表1)
配列番号30:Humanbeta−actinのReverseプライマー(表1)
配列番号31:shRNA shGPR40−587の挿入配列(表2)
配列番号32:shRNA shGPR40−588の挿入配列(表2)
配列番号33:shRNA shGPR40−589の挿入配列(表2)
配列番号34:shRNA BNon−Target(NT)の挿入配列(表2)
配列番号35:R−spondin 1(RSPO1)(OMIM:609595;NM_001242908)(transcript variant 2)をコードする遺伝子配列
配列番号35:R−spondin 1(RSPO1)(OMIM:609595;NM_001242908)(transcript variant 2)をコードする遺伝子配列
配列番号36:R−spondin 1(RSPO1)(OMIM:609595;NM_001242908)(transcript variant 2)のアミノ酸配列
配列番号37:R−spondin 1(RSPO1)(OMIM:609595;NM_001242909)(transcript variant 3)をコードする遺伝子配列
配列番号38:R−spondin 1(RSPO1)(OMIM:609595;NM_001242909)(transcript variant 3)のアミノ酸配列
配列番号39:R−spondin 1(RSPO1)(OMIM:609595;NM_001242910)(transcript variant 4)をコードする遺伝子配列
配列番号40:R−spondin 1(RSPO1)(OMIM:609595;NM_001242910)(transcript variant 4)のアミノ酸配列
配列番号41:R−spondin 4(RSPO4)(OMIM:610573;NM_001040007)(transcript variant 2)をコードする遺伝子配列
配列番号42:R−spondin 4(RSPO4)(OMIM:610573;NM_001040007)(transcript variant 2)のアミノ酸配列
配列番号43:ptch1<NM_001083602.1>の核酸配列
配列番号44:ptch1<NM_001083602.1>のアミノ酸配列
配列番号45:gli1<NM_001167609.1>の核酸配列
配列番号46:gli1<NM_001167609.1>のアミノ酸配列
配列番号47:gli2<NM_005270.4>の核酸配列
配列番号48:gli2<NM_005270.4>のアミノ酸配列
配列番号49:lrp6<NM_002336.2>の核酸配列
配列番号50:lrp6<NM_002336.2>のアミノ酸配列
配列番号51:β−カテニン<NM_131059.2>の核酸配列
配列番号52:β−カテニン<NM_131059.2>のアミノ酸配列
Claims (37)
- R−spondin類およびその機能的等価物からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種を含む、眼細胞の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤。
- 前記R−spondin類はR−spondin 1、R−spondin 2、R−spondin 3およびR−spondin 4から選択される少なくとも1つを含む、請求項1に記載の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤。
- 前記R−spondin類はR−spondin 1を含む、請求項1に記載の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤。
- 前記眼細胞は、定常状態で増殖していない細胞である、請求項1に記載の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤。
- 前記眼細胞は網膜細胞、硝子体細胞、角膜上皮細胞、角膜実質細胞および角膜内皮細胞から選択される少なくとも1種の細胞を含む、請求項1に記載の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤。
- 前記眼細胞は角膜内皮細胞を含む、請求項1に記載の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤。
- 前記眼細胞は霊長類の角膜内皮細胞を含む、請求項1に記載の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤。
- 前記眼細胞はヒト角膜内皮細胞を含む、請求項1に記載の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤。
- 前記眼細胞はコンフルエントの状態にある、請求項1に記載の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤。
- 前記眼細胞は、角膜組織の形態で提供される、請求項1に記載の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤。
- 請求項1に記載の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤を含む、角膜保存または角膜内皮細胞培養のための組成物。
- 請求項1に記載の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤を含む、角膜内皮細胞障害の治療または角膜内皮細胞障害の進行予防のための医薬組成物。
- 請求項1に記載の分化抑制および/または増殖促進剤を用いて培養された角膜内皮細胞を含む角膜内皮細胞障害の治療剤または進行予防剤。
- 前記細胞は、通常の角膜内皮細胞よりも細胞密度が高いかおよび/または未分化な細胞をより多く含む集団として存在する、請求項12に記載の角膜内皮細胞障害の治療剤または進行予防剤。
- 角膜内皮細胞を含む角膜組織であって、該組織中のKi67陽性細胞が、生体内中の割合よりも高い割合で存在するか、および/または該角膜内皮細胞の密度が生体内中の密度よりも高い、角膜組織。
- GPR49/LGR5を含む、角膜内皮細胞のうち増殖能の高い細胞および/または分化能を識別するためのマーカー。
- 前記増殖能の高い細胞は未分化細胞である、請求項16に記載のマーカー。
- 前記増殖能の高い細胞は幹細胞である、請求項16に記載のマーカー。
- 前記角膜内皮細胞はヒト細胞である、請求項16に記載のマーカー。
- 前記角膜内皮細胞の増殖能はコロニー形成能、Ki−67陽性およびBrdU陽性からなる群より選択される少なくとも一つの特徴により識別される、請求項16に記載のマーカー。
- GPR49/LGR5を、角膜内皮細胞のうち増殖能の高い細胞/または分化能を識別する指標とするための方法。
- 前記増殖能の高い細胞は未分化細胞である、請求項21に記載の方法。
- 前記増殖能の高い細胞は幹細胞である、請求項21に記載の方法。
- 前記角膜内皮細胞はヒト細胞である、請求項21に記載の方法。
- 前記角膜内皮細胞の増殖能はコロニー形成能、Ki−67陽性およびBrdU陽性からなる群より選択される少なくとも一つの特徴により識別される、請求項21に記載の方法。
- GPR49/LGR5に結合する物質を含む、角膜内皮細胞のうち増殖能の高い細胞および/または分化能を識別するための検出剤。
- 前記検出剤は、抗体またはそのフラグメントもしくは機能的等価物、あるいは核酸プライマーもしくはプローブである、請求項26に記載の検出剤。
- 前記検出剤は、標識されたものである、請求項26に記載の検出剤。
- 前記増殖能の高い細胞は幹細胞である、請求項26に記載の検出剤。
- 前記角膜内皮細胞はヒト細胞である、請求項26に記載の検出剤。
- 前記角膜内皮細胞の増殖能はコロニー形成能、Ki−67陽性およびBrdU陽性からなる群より選択される少なくとも一つの特徴により識別される、請求項26に記載の検出剤。
- ヘッジホッグ(Hedgehog)経路の因子を含む、角膜内皮細胞のうち増殖能の高い細胞および/または分化能を識別するためのマーカー。
- ヘッジホッグ(Hedgehog)経路の因子を、角膜内皮細胞のうち増殖能の高い細胞/または分化能を識別する指標とするための方法。
- ヘッジホッグ(Hedgehog)経路の因子に結合する物質を含む、角膜内皮細胞のうち増殖能の高い細胞および/または分化能を識別するための検出剤。
- Wnt経路の因子を含む、角膜内皮細胞のうち増殖能の高い細胞および/または分化能を識別するためのマーカー。
- Wnt経路の因子を、角膜内皮細胞のうち増殖能の高い細胞/または分化能を識別する指標とするための方法。
- Wnt経路の因子に結合する物質を含む、角膜内皮細胞のうち増殖能の高い細胞および/または分化能を識別するための検出剤。
Priority Applications (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
EP13812481.3A EP2876160B1 (en) | 2012-07-06 | 2013-07-03 | Differentiation marker for and differentiation control for ocular cells |
US14/413,066 US9616101B2 (en) | 2012-07-06 | 2013-07-03 | Differentiation marker and differentiation control of eye cell |
JP2014523821A JP6519851B2 (ja) | 2012-07-06 | 2013-07-03 | 眼細胞の分化マーカーおよび分化制御 |
US15/443,913 US20170202910A1 (en) | 2012-07-06 | 2017-02-27 | Differentiation marker and differentiation control of eye cell |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2012152960 | 2012-07-06 | ||
JP2012-152960 | 2012-07-06 | ||
JP2013-016848 | 2013-01-31 | ||
JP2013016848 | 2013-01-31 |
Related Child Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/413,066 A-371-Of-International US9616101B2 (en) | 2012-07-06 | 2013-07-03 | Differentiation marker and differentiation control of eye cell |
US15/443,913 Continuation US20170202910A1 (en) | 2012-07-06 | 2017-02-27 | Differentiation marker and differentiation control of eye cell |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2014007402A1 true WO2014007402A1 (ja) | 2014-01-09 |
Family
ID=49882151
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2013/068802 WO2014007402A1 (ja) | 2012-07-06 | 2013-07-03 | 眼細胞の分化マーカーおよび分化制御 |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US9616101B2 (ja) |
EP (1) | EP2876160B1 (ja) |
JP (1) | JP6519851B2 (ja) |
WO (1) | WO2014007402A1 (ja) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2016035874A1 (ja) * | 2014-09-05 | 2016-03-10 | 国立研究開発法人理化学研究所 | 角膜内皮細胞マーカー |
WO2016129654A1 (ja) * | 2015-02-12 | 2016-08-18 | 国立大学法人 東京大学 | 角膜内皮前駆細胞の調製方法 |
WO2018235786A1 (ja) * | 2017-06-19 | 2018-12-27 | 国立大学法人大阪大学 | 角膜内皮細胞マーカー及びその利用 |
Families Citing this family (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP7008337B2 (ja) * | 2016-02-15 | 2022-02-10 | 京都府公立大学法人 | ヒト機能性角膜内皮細胞およびその応用 |
CN113505699A (zh) * | 2021-07-09 | 2021-10-15 | 兰州大学 | 一种基于RetinaNet算法的船舶检测方法 |
Citations (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4708871A (en) | 1983-03-08 | 1987-11-24 | Commonwealth Serum Laboratories Commission | Antigenically active amino acid sequences |
JPH0159878B2 (ja) | 1982-05-21 | 1989-12-20 | Yunibaashitei Obu Karifuorunia | |
WO1992003918A1 (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1992-03-19 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
WO1993012227A1 (en) | 1991-12-17 | 1993-06-24 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
WO1994002602A1 (en) | 1992-07-24 | 1994-02-03 | Cell Genesys, Inc. | Generation of xenogeneic antibodies |
WO1994025585A1 (en) | 1993-04-26 | 1994-11-10 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
WO2000028082A1 (fr) | 1998-11-09 | 2000-05-18 | Eiken Kagaku Kabushiki Kaisha | Procede de synthese d'acide nucleique |
WO2003104453A1 (ja) | 2002-06-05 | 2003-12-18 | 中外製薬株式会社 | 抗体作製方法 |
JP2006187281A (ja) * | 2004-12-09 | 2006-07-20 | Shiro Amano | ヒト角膜内皮細胞由来の前駆細胞、細胞凝集体及びそれら作製方法、並びに前駆細胞および細胞凝集体の移植方法 |
WO2009028631A1 (ja) * | 2007-08-29 | 2009-03-05 | Senju Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | 角膜内皮細胞接着促進剤 |
JP2009268433A (ja) * | 2008-05-09 | 2009-11-19 | Tohoku Univ | 組織幹細胞/組織前駆細胞からの角膜内皮細胞の生成方法 |
Family Cites Families (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2006092894A1 (ja) * | 2004-12-09 | 2006-09-08 | Shiro Amano | ヒト角膜内皮細胞由来の前駆細胞、細胞凝集体及びそれら作製方法、並びに前駆細胞および細胞凝集体の移植方法 |
WO2008103191A1 (en) * | 2006-09-28 | 2008-08-28 | Tissuetech, Inc. | Rnai methods and compositions for stimulating proliferation of cells with adherent junctions |
MX2011008044A (es) | 2009-02-03 | 2012-01-12 | Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie Van Wetenschappen | Medio de cultivo para celulas madre epiteliales y organoides que comprenden las celulas madre. |
GB201111244D0 (en) * | 2011-06-30 | 2011-08-17 | Konink Nl Akademie Van Wetenschappen Knaw | Culture media for stem cells |
US9200252B2 (en) * | 2009-10-06 | 2015-12-01 | Snu R&Db Foundation | Compositions for inducing differentiation into retinal cells from retinal progenitor cells or inducing proliferation of retinal cells comprising Wnt signaling pathway activators |
US9752118B2 (en) * | 2011-12-06 | 2017-09-05 | Astellas Institute For Regenerative Medicine | Method of directed differentiation producing corneal endothelial cells from neural crest stem cells by PDGFB and DKK2, compositions thereof, and uses thereof |
-
2013
- 2013-07-03 JP JP2014523821A patent/JP6519851B2/ja active Active
- 2013-07-03 EP EP13812481.3A patent/EP2876160B1/en active Active
- 2013-07-03 US US14/413,066 patent/US9616101B2/en active Active
- 2013-07-03 WO PCT/JP2013/068802 patent/WO2014007402A1/ja active Application Filing
-
2017
- 2017-02-27 US US15/443,913 patent/US20170202910A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH0159878B2 (ja) | 1982-05-21 | 1989-12-20 | Yunibaashitei Obu Karifuorunia | |
US4708871A (en) | 1983-03-08 | 1987-11-24 | Commonwealth Serum Laboratories Commission | Antigenically active amino acid sequences |
WO1992003918A1 (en) | 1990-08-29 | 1992-03-19 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
WO1993012227A1 (en) | 1991-12-17 | 1993-06-24 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
WO1994002602A1 (en) | 1992-07-24 | 1994-02-03 | Cell Genesys, Inc. | Generation of xenogeneic antibodies |
WO1994025585A1 (en) | 1993-04-26 | 1994-11-10 | Genpharm International, Inc. | Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies |
WO2000028082A1 (fr) | 1998-11-09 | 2000-05-18 | Eiken Kagaku Kabushiki Kaisha | Procede de synthese d'acide nucleique |
WO2003104453A1 (ja) | 2002-06-05 | 2003-12-18 | 中外製薬株式会社 | 抗体作製方法 |
JP2006187281A (ja) * | 2004-12-09 | 2006-07-20 | Shiro Amano | ヒト角膜内皮細胞由来の前駆細胞、細胞凝集体及びそれら作製方法、並びに前駆細胞および細胞凝集体の移植方法 |
WO2009028631A1 (ja) * | 2007-08-29 | 2009-03-05 | Senju Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | 角膜内皮細胞接着促進剤 |
JP2009268433A (ja) * | 2008-05-09 | 2009-11-19 | Tohoku Univ | 組織幹細胞/組織前駆細胞からの角膜内皮細胞の生成方法 |
Non-Patent Citations (130)
Title |
---|
"Cell Technology, separate", SHUJ UNSHA CO., LTD., article "DNA Microarray and Advanced PCR method" |
"Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 1987, JOHN WILEY & SONS |
"DNA Cloning 1: Core Techniques, A Practical Approach", 1995, OXFORD UNIVERSITY |
"Experimental Medicine", 1997, YODOSHA CO., LTD., article "Gene Introduction & Expression Analysis Experimental Method" |
"Genome Analysis Experimental Method, Nakamura Yusuke Lab. Manual", 2002, YODOSHA CO., LTD. |
"Molecular Cloning", 1995, OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS, article "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Supplement 1-38, DNA Cloning 1: Core Techniques, A Pracltical Approach" |
"Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual", 1989, COLD SPRING HARBOR PRESS |
"PCR Applications: Protocols for Functional Genomics", ACADEMIC PRESS |
ADAMS, R. L. ET AL.: "The Biochemistry of the Nucleic Acids", 1992, CHAPMAN & HALL |
AGHIB DF ET AL., EXP CELL RES., vol. 218, 1995, pages 359 - 369 |
AKIFUMI OOTANI ET AL.: "Sustained in vitro intestinal epithelial culture within a Wnt- dependent stem cell niche", NATURE MEDICINE, vol. 15, no. 6, June 2009 (2009-06-01), pages 701 - 706, XP055180684 * |
ALTSCHUL ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 215, 1990, pages 403 - 410 |
AUSUBEL, F. M.: "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 1987, GREENE PUB. ASSOCIATES AND WILEY-INTERSCIENCE |
AUSUBEL, F. M.: "Short Protocols in Molecular Biology: A Compendium of Methods from Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 1989, GREENE PUB. ASSOCIATES AND WILEY-INTERSCIENCE |
AUSUBEL, F. M.: "Short Protocols in Molecular Biology: A Compendium of Methods from Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 1992, GREENE PUB. ASSOCIATES |
AUSUBEL, F. M.: "Short Protocols in Molecular Biology: A Compendium of Methods from Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 1995, GREENE PUB. ASSOCIATES |
AUSUBEL, F. M.: "Short Protocols in Molecular Biology: A Compendium of Methods from Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 1999, WILEY |
BARKER N ET AL., NATURE, vol. 449, 2007, pages 1003 - 1007 |
BARKER N. ET AL., CELL STEM CELL, vol. 7, 2010, pages 656 - 670 |
BARKER N. ET AL., GASTROENTEROLOGY, vol. 138, no. 5, May 2010 (2010-05-01), pages 1681 - 96 |
BARKER N. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 449, 2007, pages 1003 - 1007 |
BARRANDON Y ET AL., PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA, vol. 82, 1985, pages 5390 - 5394 |
BATZER ET AL., NUCLEIC ACID RES., vol. 19, 1991, pages 5081 |
BEDNARZ J ET AL., IN VITRO CELL DEV BIOL ANIM., vol. 34, 1998, pages 149 - 153 |
BLACKBURN, G. M. ET AL.: "Nucleic Acids in Chemistry and Biology", 1996, OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS |
BRZESZCZYNSKA J ET AL., INT J MOL MED., vol. 29, no. 5, May 2012 (2012-05-01), pages 871 - 876 |
CARMON KS ET AL., PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA., vol. 108, 2011, pages 11452 - 11457 |
CARMON KS. ET AL., PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA., vol. 108, no. 28, 12 July 2011 (2011-07-12), pages 11452 - 11457 |
CHEN ET AL., GENES DEV., vol. 16, no. 21, 2002, pages 2743 - 2748 |
CURRENT TOPICS IN MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 81, 1978, pages 1 - 7 |
DE LAU W ET AL., NATURE, vol. 476, 2011, pages 293 - 297 |
DE LAU W. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 476, no. 7360, 4 July 2011 (2011-07-04), pages 293 - 297 |
E. W. MARTIN: "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", MARK PUBLISHING COMPANY |
ECKSTEIN, F.: "Oligonucleotides and Analogues: A Practical Approach", 1991, IRL PRESS |
ENGELMANN K ET AL., INVEST OPHTHALMOL VIS SCI., vol. 29, 1988, pages 1656 - 1662 |
GAIT, M. J.: "Oligonucleotide Synthesis: A Practical Approach", 1985, IRL PRESS |
GAIT, M. J.: "Oligonucleotide Synthesis: A Practical Approach", 1990, IRL PRESS |
GALFRE G. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 277, 1979, pages 131 - 133 |
GARCIA MI ET AL., DEVBIOL., vol. 331, 2009, pages 58 - 67 |
GEYSEN ET AL., MOLECULAR IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 23, 1986, pages 709 |
GEYSEN ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 81, 1984, pages 3998 |
GLINKA A ET AL., EMBO REP., vol. 12, 2011, pages 1055 - 1061 |
GLINKA A. ET AL., EMBO REP., vol. 12, no. 10, 30 September 2011 (2011-09-30), pages 1055 - 1061 |
HATANAKA H; KOIZUMI N ET AL., INVESTIGATIVE OPHTHALMOLOGY & VISUAL SCIENCE, vol. 53, no. 11, 2012, pages 6955 - 6963 |
HERMANSON, G. T.: "Bioconjugate Techniques", 1996, ACADEMIC PRESS |
HOLAN V., OPHTHALMOLOGICA, vol. 88, no. 246, September 2010 (2010-09-01), pages 0 |
HSU SY. ET AL., J. MOL. ENDOCRINOL., vol. 12, 1998, pages 1830 - 1845 |
INNIS, M. A. ET AL.: "PCR Strategies", 1995, ACADEMIC PRESS |
INNIS, M. A.: "PCR Protocols: A Guide to Methods and Applications", 1990, ACADEMIC PRESS |
J. IMMUNOL., vol. 123, 1979, pages 1548 - 1550 |
J. YOON; J. LEE, CELLULAR SIGNALLING, vol. 24, 2012, pages 369 - 377 |
JAKS V. ET AL., NATURE GENETICS, vol. 40, 2008, pages 1291 - 1299 |
JOANNA BRZESZCZYNSKA ET AL.: "Molecular profile of organ culture-stored corneal epithelium: Lgr5 is a potential new phenotypic marker of residual human corneal limbal epithelial stem cells", INTERNATIONAL JOURNALOF MOLECULAR MEDICINE, vol. 29, no. 5, 6 February 2012 (2012-02-06), pages 871 - 876, XP055180676 * |
JOYCE NC, PROG RETIN EYE RES., vol. 22, 2003, pages 359 - 389 |
KANA HIRATA-TOMINAGA ET AL.: "Corneal endothelial cell fate is maintained by LGR5 through the regulation of hedgehog and Wnt pathway", STEM CELL, vol. 31, no. 7, July 2013 (2013-07-01), pages 1396 - 1407, XP055180707 * |
KOEHLER G.; MILSTEIN C., METHODS ENZYMOL., vol. 73, 1981, pages 3 - 46 |
KOHLER, G.; MILSTEIN, C., EUR. J. IMMUNOL., vol. 6, 1976, pages 511 - 519 |
KOIZUMI N ET AL., EXP EYE RES., vol. 95, 2012, pages 60 - 67 |
KOIZUMI N ET AL., INVEST OPHTHALMOL VIS SCI., vol. 48, 2007, pages 4519 - 4526 |
KOIZUMI N; OKUMURA N; KINOSHITA S., EXPERIMENTAL EYE RESEARCH, vol. 95, 2012, pages 60 - 7 |
KRULOVA M ET AL., INVEST OPHTHALMOL VIS SCI., vol. 49, no. 9, September 2008 (2008-09-01), pages 3903 - 3908 |
KRULOVA, MAGDALENA ET AL.: "A Rapid Separation of Two Distinct Populations of Mouse Corneal Epithelial Cells with Limbal Stem Cell Characteristics by Centrifugation on Percoll Gradient", INVEST. OPHTHALMOL. VIS. SCI., vol. 49, no. 9, 2008, pages 3903 - 3908, XP055180680 * |
LAI ET AL., NATURE NEUROSCIENCE, vol. 6, 2003, pages 21 - 27 |
LAZEKAS DE ST. GROTH, S.; SCHEIDEGGER, D., J. IMMUNOL. METHODS, vol. 35, 1980, pages 1 - 21 |
LEE JM ET AL., J CELL BIOL., vol. 172, 2006, pages 973 - 981 |
LENDAHL U ET AL., CELL, 1990 |
MAMINISHKIS A; CHEN S; JALICKEES ET AL.: "Confluent monolayers of cultured human fetal retinal pigment epithelium exhibit morphology and physiology of native tissue", INVEST OPHTHALMOL VIS SCI., vol. 47, 2006, pages 3612 - 3624 |
MARGULIES D. H. ET AL., CELL, vol. 8, 1976, pages 405 - 415 |
MATSUBARA M ET AL., JPN J OPHTHALMOL, vol. 26, 1982, pages 264 - 273 |
MATSUBARA M ET AL., JPN J OPHTHALMOL, vol. 27, 1983, pages 444 - 450 |
MATSUBARA M; TANISHIMA T: "Wound-healing of corneal endothelium in monkey: an autoradiographic study", JPN J OPHTHALMOL, vol. 27, 1983, pages 444 - 450 |
MATSUBARA M; TANISHIMA T: "Wound-healing of the corneal endothelium in the monkey: a morphometric study", JPN J OPHTHALMOL, vol. 26, 1982, pages 264 - 273 |
MCCLANAHAN T. ET AL., CANCER BIOL THER., vol. 5, 2006, pages 419 - 426 |
MCGOWAN SL. ET AL., MOL. VIS., vol. 13, 2007, pages 1984 - 2000 |
MIMURA T ET AL., INVEST OPHTHALMOL VIS SCI., vol. 46, 2005, pages 3645 - 3648 |
MIMURA T ET AL., INVEST OPHTHALMOL VIS SCI., vol. 47, 2006, pages 1387 - 1396 |
NAKAMURA T ET AL., STEM CELLS, vol. 25, 2007, pages 628 - 638 |
NAKAMURA T ET AL., STEM CELLS, vol. 26, 2008, pages 1265 - 1274 |
NAKAMURA T ET AL., STEM CELLS., vol. 25, 2007, pages 628 - 638 |
NAKATSUKASA M ET AL., AM J PATHOL., vol. 177, 2010, pages 1344 - 1355 |
NAKATSUKASA M.; KAWASAKI S; YAMASAKI K; FUKUOKA H; MATSUDA A; TSUJIKAWA M; TANIOKA H; NAGATA-TAKAOKA M; HAMURO J; KINOSHITA S, AM J PATHOL., vol. 177, no. 3, September 2010 (2010-09-01), pages 1344 - 55 |
NAT GENET., vol. 32, December 2002 (2002-12-01), pages 526 - 532 |
NATURE, vol. 409, 2001, pages 860 - 921 |
NEEDLEMAN; WUNSCH, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 48, 1970, pages 443 - 453 |
NORIKO KOIZUMI ET AL.: "Development of new therapeutic modalities for corneal endothelial disease focused on the proliferation of corneal endothelial cells using animal models", EXPERIMENTAL EYE RESEARCH, vol. 95, no. 1, February 2012 (2012-02-01), pages 60 - 67, XP055180703 * |
NORIKO KOIZUMI ET AL.: "Progress in the Development of Tissue Engineering of the Cornea in Japan", JOURNAL OF JAPANESE OPHTHALMOLOGICAL SOCIETY, vol. 111, no. 7, 2007, pages 493 - 503, XP008175808 * |
NORIKO KOIZUMI: "Development of new therapeutic modalities for corneal endothelial disease using somatic stem cells", JOURNAL OF CLINICAL AND EXPERIMENTAL MEDICINE, vol. 241, no. 10, 9 June 2012 (2012-06-09), pages 765 - 770, XP055180705 * |
OHTSUKA ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 260, 1985, pages 2605 - 2608 |
OKUMURA ET AL., IOVS, vol. 50, no. 8, 2009, pages 3680 - 3687 |
OKUMURA N ET AL., AM J PATHOL., vol. 181, 2012, pages 268 - 277 |
OOTANI A.; LI X. ET AL., NAT MED., vol. 15, no. 6, June 2009 (2009-06-01), pages 701 - 706 |
PEARSON; LIPMAN, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI., USA, vol. 85, 1988, pages 2444 - 2448 |
PEH GS ET AL., TRANSPLANTATION, vol. 91, 2011, pages 811 - 819 |
ROSSOLINI ET AL., MOL. CELL. PROBES, vol. 8, 1994, pages 91 - 98 |
SAMBROOK J. ET AL.: "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual", 1989, COLD SPRING HARBOR |
SAMBROOK, J ET AL.: "Molecular Cloning", 1989, COLD SPRING HARBOR LAB. PRESS, pages: 9.47 - 9.58 |
SARIN ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 85, 1988, pages 7448 - 7451 |
SCHIMMELPFENNIG B. ET AL., IOVS, vol. 25, 1984, pages 223 - 229 |
SCHIMMELPFENNIG BH, INVEST OPHTHALMOL VIS SCI., vol. 25, 1984, pages 223 - 229 |
SCHUIJERS J ET AL., EMBOJ., 2012 |
See also references of EP2876160A4 |
SENOO ET AL., IOVS, vol. 41, 2000, pages 2930 - 2935 |
SHABAROVA, Z. ET AL., ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY OF NUCLEIC ACIDS, 1994 |
SHIN HATO ET AL.: "Saisei Igaku Series [44] Kakumaku Saisei no Genjo to Kadai", ORGAN BIOLOGY, vol. 17, no. 1, pages 51 - 60, XP008175803 * |
SHULMAN M. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 276, 1978, pages 269 - 270 |
SINHA ET AL., NAT. CHEM. BIOL., vol. 2, 2006, pages 29 - 30 |
SMITH; WATERMAN, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 147, 1981, pages 195 - 197 |
SNINSKY, J. J. ET AL.: "short protocols in molecular biology a compendium of methods from current protocols in molecular biology", 1999 |
SOMMER F; POLLONGER K ET AL., GRAEFES ARCH CLIN EXP OPHTHALMOL, 2008 |
STANTON BZ ET AL., MOL BIOSYST., vol. 6, 2010, pages 44 - 54 |
STANTON BZ ET AL., MOLBIOSYST, vol. 6, 2010, pages 44 - 54 |
STEIN ET AL., NUCL. ACIDS RES., vol. 16, 1988, pages 3209 |
TAN DT ET AL., LANCET, vol. 379, 2012, pages 1749 - 1761 |
TANESE K. ET AL., AM J PATHOL., vol. 173, 2008, pages 835 - 843 |
TROWBRIDGE, I. S., J. EXP. MED., vol. 148, 1978, pages 313 - 323 |
TSURU T ET AL., JPN J OPHTHALMOL., vol. 28, 1984, pages 105 - 125 |
UENO M; MATSUMURA M; WATANABE K; NAKAMURA T; OSAKADA F; TAKAHASHI M; KAWASAKI H; KINOSHITA S; SASAI Y, PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA., vol. 103, no. 25, 2006, pages 9554 - 9559 |
URIAN SCHUIJERS ET AL.: "Adult mammalian stem cells: the role of Wnt, Lgr5 and R-spondins", THE EMBO JOURNAL, vol. 31, 22 May 2012 (2012-05-22), pages 2685 - 2696, XP055180689 * |
VAN HORN DL ET AL., EXP EYE RES, vol. 21, 1975, pages 113 - 124 |
VAN HORN DL ET AL., INVEST OPHTHALMOL VIS SCI, vol. 16, 1977, pages 597 - 613 |
VAN HORN DL; HYNDIUK RA: "Endothelial wound repair in primate cornea", EXP EYE RES, vol. 21, 1975, pages 113 - 124 |
VANDAMME, A. M. ET AL., EUR. J. BIOCHEM., vol. 192, 1990, pages 767 - 775 |
VANHORN DL; SENDELE DD; SEIDEMAN S; BUCO PJ: "Regenerative capacity of the corneal endothelium in rabbit and cat", INVEST OPHTHALMOL VIS SCI, vol. 16, 1977, pages 597 - 613 |
WALKER F ET AL., PLOSONE, vol. 6, 2011, pages E22733 |
WHIKEHART DR. ET AL., MOL. VIS., vol. 11, 2005, pages 816 - 824 |
WU ET AL., CHEM. BIOL., vol. 11, 2004, pages 1,229 - 1,238 |
YAMAGAMI S. ET AL., OPHTHALMOLOGY, vol. 114, 2007, pages 433 - 439 |
YAMAMOTO M; QUANTOCK AJ; YOUNG RD; OKUMURA N; UENO M; SAKAMOTO Y; KINOSHITA S; KOIZUMI N., MOL VIS., vol. 18, 2012, pages 1727 - 39 |
YAMAMOTO Y. ET AL., HEPATOLOGY, vol. 37, 2003, pages 528 - 533 |
YOKOO S. ET AL., IOVS, vol. 46, 2005, pages 1626 - 1631 |
Cited By (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2016035874A1 (ja) * | 2014-09-05 | 2016-03-10 | 国立研究開発法人理化学研究所 | 角膜内皮細胞マーカー |
JPWO2016035874A1 (ja) * | 2014-09-05 | 2017-08-10 | 国立研究開発法人理化学研究所 | 角膜内皮細胞マーカー |
US10968428B2 (en) | 2014-09-05 | 2021-04-06 | Osaka University | Corneal endothelial cell marker |
WO2016129654A1 (ja) * | 2015-02-12 | 2016-08-18 | 国立大学法人 東京大学 | 角膜内皮前駆細胞の調製方法 |
WO2018235786A1 (ja) * | 2017-06-19 | 2018-12-27 | 国立大学法人大阪大学 | 角膜内皮細胞マーカー及びその利用 |
JP2019000069A (ja) * | 2017-06-19 | 2019-01-10 | 国立大学法人大阪大学 | 角膜内皮細胞マーカー及びその利用 |
US11839697B2 (en) | 2017-06-19 | 2023-12-12 | Osaka University | Corneal endothelial cell marker and use thereof |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP6519851B2 (ja) | 2019-05-29 |
US20150202256A1 (en) | 2015-07-23 |
EP2876160A4 (en) | 2016-08-10 |
JPWO2014007402A1 (ja) | 2016-06-02 |
US20170202910A1 (en) | 2017-07-20 |
EP2876160A1 (en) | 2015-05-27 |
EP2876160B1 (en) | 2020-05-13 |
US9616101B2 (en) | 2017-04-11 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US9937224B2 (en) | Modulation of axon degeneration | |
JP6873946B2 (ja) | 角膜内皮細胞マーカー | |
ES2947826T3 (es) | Célula endotelial corneal funcional humana y aplicación de la misma | |
US20160199457A1 (en) | Modulation of axon degeneration | |
US20170202910A1 (en) | Differentiation marker and differentiation control of eye cell | |
CA3083373A1 (en) | Enhancing t-cell function and treating a t-cell dysfunctional disorder with a combination of an lsd inhibitor and a pd1 binding antagonist | |
Thamm et al. | Prominin‐1 (CD133) modulates the architecture and dynamics of microvilli | |
JP2011501741A (ja) | がんの診断および治療のためのtaz/wwtr1 | |
Forschbach et al. | Anoctamin 6 is localized in the primary cilium of renal tubular cells and is involved in apoptosis-dependent cyst lumen formation | |
CN107847470A (zh) | 用于治疗、预防和诊断癌症与其它增殖性疾病的组合物和方法 | |
JP2018048151A (ja) | 腫瘍幹細胞におけるeph受容体発現 | |
US20240011027A1 (en) | Methods and compositions for restoring stmn2 levels | |
CN113164508A (zh) | 与神经保护剂组合的sarm1抑制剂 | |
US10626397B2 (en) | Therapeutic compositions for breast cancer containing protein kinase D1 inhibitor | |
You et al. | Tg737 inhibition results in malignant transformation in fetal liver stem/progenitor cells by promoting cell‐cycle progression and differentiation arrest | |
WO2020168850A1 (zh) | Ube3a泛素化PP2A激活因子PTPA在治疗天使综合症和孤独症中的应用 | |
Lee et al. | Inhibitory effect of tranilast on transforming growth factor-beta-induced protein in granular corneal dystrophy type 2 corneal fibroblasts | |
Dong et al. | Kindlin-2 controls angiogenesis through modulating Notch1 signaling | |
WO2021015218A1 (ja) | 転写関連因子を標的とする線維化疾患の予防または治療 | |
KR101796091B1 (ko) | 카복실 말단 조절 단백질을 포함하는 두경부암 진단용 바이오 마커 조성물 | |
Wicki-Stordeur | Pannexin 1 regulates ventricular zone neuronal development | |
JP2022527085A (ja) | モノアミンオキシダーゼ亜型a(maoa)の阻害による心血管石灰化の緩和 | |
US20130045537A1 (en) | Methods and compositions relating to multiciliate cell differentiation |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 13812481 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2014523821 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2013812481 Country of ref document: EP |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 14413066 Country of ref document: US |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |